xref: /openbmc/linux/include/net/cfg80211.h (revision 3381df09)
1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
4 /*
5  * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6  *
7  * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8  * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
10  * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation
11  */
12 
13 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
14 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
15 #include <linux/list.h>
16 #include <linux/bug.h>
17 #include <linux/netlink.h>
18 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
19 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
20 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22 #include <linux/net.h>
23 #include <net/regulatory.h>
24 
25 /**
26  * DOC: Introduction
27  *
28  * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
29  * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
30  * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
31  * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
32  * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
33  * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
34  *
35  * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
36  * use restrictions.
37  */
38 
39 
40 /**
41  * DOC: Device registration
42  *
43  * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
44  * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
45  * described below.
46  *
47  * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
48  * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
49  * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
50  * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
51  * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
52  * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
53  * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
54  * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
55  * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
56  *
57  * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
58  * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
59  * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
60  */
61 
62 struct wiphy;
63 
64 /*
65  * wireless hardware capability structures
66  */
67 
68 /**
69  * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
70  *
71  * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
72  *
73  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
74  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
75  *	sending probe requests or beaconing.
76  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
77  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
78  *	is not permitted.
79  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
80  *	is not permitted.
81  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
82  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
83  *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
84  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
85  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
86  *	restrictions.
87  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
88  *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
89  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91  *	restrictions.
92  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
93  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
94  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
95  *	on this channel.
96  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
97  *	on this channel.
98  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
99  *
100  */
101 enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
102 	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
103 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
104 	/* hole at 1<<2 */
105 	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
106 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
107 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
108 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
109 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
110 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
111 	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
112 	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
113 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
114 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
115 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE		= 1<<13,
116 };
117 
118 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
119 	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
120 
121 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)
123 
124 /**
125  * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
126  *
127  * This structure describes a single channel for use
128  * with cfg80211.
129  *
130  * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
131  * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
132  * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
133  * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
134  *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
135  * @band: band this channel belongs to.
136  * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
137  * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
138  * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
139  * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
140  *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
141  *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
142  * @orig_mag: internal use
143  * @orig_mpwr: internal use
144  * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
145  *	on this channel.
146  * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
147  * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
148  */
149 struct ieee80211_channel {
150 	enum nl80211_band band;
151 	u32 center_freq;
152 	u16 hw_value;
153 	u32 flags;
154 	int max_antenna_gain;
155 	int max_power;
156 	int max_reg_power;
157 	bool beacon_found;
158 	u32 orig_flags;
159 	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
160 	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
161 	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
162 	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
163 };
164 
165 /**
166  * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
167  *
168  * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
169  * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
170  * different bands/PHY modes.
171  *
172  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
173  *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
174  *	with CCK rates.
175  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
176  *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
177  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
178  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
179  *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
180  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
181  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
182  *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
183  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
184  * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
185  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
186  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
187  */
188 enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
189 	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
190 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
191 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
192 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
193 	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
194 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
195 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
196 };
197 
198 /**
199  * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
200  *
201  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
202  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
203  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
204  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
205  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
206  */
207 enum ieee80211_bss_type {
208 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
209 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
210 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
211 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
212 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
213 };
214 
215 /**
216  * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
217  *
218  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
219  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
220  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
221  */
222 enum ieee80211_privacy {
223 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
224 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
225 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
226 };
227 
228 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
229 	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
230 
231 /**
232  * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
233  *
234  * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
235  * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
236  * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
237  * passed around.
238  *
239  * @flags: rate-specific flags
240  * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
241  * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
242  * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
243  *	short preamble is used
244  */
245 struct ieee80211_rate {
246 	u32 flags;
247 	u16 bitrate;
248 	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
249 };
250 
251 /**
252  * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
253  *
254  * @enable: is the feature enabled.
255  * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
256  * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
257  */
258 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
259 	bool enable;
260 	u8 min_offset;
261 	u8 max_offset;
262 };
263 
264 /**
265  * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
266  *
267  * @color: the current color.
268  * @disabled: is the feature disabled.
269  * @partial: define the AID equation.
270  */
271 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
272 	u8 color;
273 	bool disabled;
274 	bool partial;
275 };
276 
277 /**
278  * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
279  *
280  * @color: the current color.
281  * @disabled: is the feature disabled.
282  * @partial: define the AID equation.
283  */
284 struct ieee80211_he_bss_color {
285 	u8 color;
286 	bool disabled;
287 	bool partial;
288 };
289 
290 /**
291  * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
292  *
293  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
294  * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
295  *
296  * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
297  * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
298  * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
299  * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
300  * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
301  */
302 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
303 	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
304 	bool ht_supported;
305 	u8 ampdu_factor;
306 	u8 ampdu_density;
307 	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
308 };
309 
310 /**
311  * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
312  *
313  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
314  * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
315  *
316  * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
317  * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
318  * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
319  */
320 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
321 	bool vht_supported;
322 	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
323 	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
324 };
325 
326 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN		25
327 
328 /**
329  * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
330  *
331  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
332  * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
333  *
334  * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
335  * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
336  * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
337  * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
338  */
339 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
340 	bool has_he;
341 	struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
342 	struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
343 	u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
344 };
345 
346 /**
347  * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
348  *
349  * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
350  * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
351  * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
352  *
353  * @types_mask: interface types mask
354  * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
355  */
356 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
357 	u16 types_mask;
358 	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
359 };
360 
361 /**
362  * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
363  *
364  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
365  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
366  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
367  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
368  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
369  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
370  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
371  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
372  *	2.16GHz+2.16GHz
373  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
374  *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
375  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
376  *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
377  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
378  *	and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
379  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
380  *	2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
381  */
382 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
383 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4	= 4,
384 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5	= 5,
385 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6	= 6,
386 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7	= 7,
387 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8	= 8,
388 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9	= 9,
389 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10	= 10,
390 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11	= 11,
391 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12	= 12,
392 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13	= 13,
393 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14	= 14,
394 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15	= 15,
395 };
396 
397 /**
398  * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
399  *
400  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
401  * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
402  *
403  * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
404  *	that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
405  *	Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
406  *	Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
407  * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
408  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
409  */
410 struct ieee80211_edmg {
411 	u8 channels;
412 	enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
413 };
414 
415 /**
416  * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
417  *
418  * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
419  * is able to operate in.
420  *
421  * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
422  *	in this band.
423  * @band: the band this structure represents
424  * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
425  * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
426  *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
427  *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
428  * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
429  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
430  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
431  * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
432  * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
433  * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
434  *	@types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
435  *	one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
436  *	iftype_data).
437  */
438 struct ieee80211_supported_band {
439 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
440 	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
441 	enum nl80211_band band;
442 	int n_channels;
443 	int n_bitrates;
444 	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
445 	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
446 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
447 	u16 n_iftype_data;
448 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
449 };
450 
451 /**
452  * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
453  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
454  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
455  *
456  * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
457  */
458 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
459 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
460 				u8 iftype)
461 {
462 	int i;
463 
464 	if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
465 		return NULL;
466 
467 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
468 		const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
469 			&sband->iftype_data[i];
470 
471 		if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
472 			return data;
473 	}
474 
475 	return NULL;
476 }
477 
478 /**
479  * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
480  * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
481  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
482  *
483  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
484  */
485 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
486 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
487 			    u8 iftype)
488 {
489 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
490 		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
491 
492 	if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
493 		return &data->he_cap;
494 
495 	return NULL;
496 }
497 
498 /**
499  * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
500  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
501  *
502  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
503  */
504 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
505 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
506 {
507 	return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
508 }
509 
510 /**
511  * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
512  *
513  * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
514  *
515  * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
516  * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
517  * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
518  *
519  * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
520  * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
521  * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
522  * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
523  * without affecting other devices.
524  *
525  * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
526  * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
527  * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
528  */
529 #ifdef CONFIG_OF
530 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
531 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
532 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
533 {
534 }
535 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
536 
537 
538 /*
539  * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
540  */
541 
542 /**
543  * DOC: Actions and configuration
544  *
545  * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
546  * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
547  * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
548  * operations use are described separately.
549  *
550  * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
551  * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
552  *
553  * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
554  * in a separate chapter.
555  */
556 
557 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
558 				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
559 
560 /**
561  * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
562  * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
563  *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
564  * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
565  * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
566  *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
567  *	determine the address as needed.
568  *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
569  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
570  **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
571  * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
572  *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
573  * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
574  *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
575  */
576 struct vif_params {
577 	u32 flags;
578 	int use_4addr;
579 	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
580 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
581 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
582 };
583 
584 /**
585  * struct key_params - key information
586  *
587  * Information about a key
588  *
589  * @key: key material
590  * @key_len: length of key material
591  * @cipher: cipher suite selector
592  * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
593  *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
594  *	length given by @seq_len.
595  * @seq_len: length of @seq.
596  * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
597  * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
598  */
599 struct key_params {
600 	const u8 *key;
601 	const u8 *seq;
602 	int key_len;
603 	int seq_len;
604 	u16 vlan_id;
605 	u32 cipher;
606 	enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
607 };
608 
609 /**
610  * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
611  * @chan: the (control) channel
612  * @width: channel width
613  * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
614  * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
615  *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
616  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
617  *	If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
618  *	chan will define the primary channel and all other
619  *	parameters are ignored.
620  */
621 struct cfg80211_chan_def {
622 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
623 	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
624 	u32 center_freq1;
625 	u32 center_freq2;
626 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
627 };
628 
629 /**
630  * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
631  * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
632  *	of the peer.
633  * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
634  * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
635  *	similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
636  * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
637  * @retry_long: retry count value
638  * @retry_short: retry count value
639  * @ampdu: Enable/Disable aggregation
640  * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
641  */
642 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
643 	bool config_override;
644 	u8 tids;
645 	u32 mask;
646 	enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
647 	u8 retry_long, retry_short;
648 	enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
649 	enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
650 };
651 
652 /**
653  * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
654  * @peer: Station's MAC address
655  * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
656  * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
657  */
658 struct cfg80211_tid_config {
659 	const u8 *peer;
660 	u32 n_tid_conf;
661 	struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[];
662 };
663 
664 /**
665  * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
666  * @chandef: the channel definition
667  *
668  * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
669  * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
670  */
671 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
672 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
673 {
674 	switch (chandef->width) {
675 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
676 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
677 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
678 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
679 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
680 		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
681 			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
682 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
683 	default:
684 		WARN_ON(1);
685 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
686 	}
687 }
688 
689 /**
690  * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
691  * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
692  * @channel: the control channel
693  * @chantype: the channel type
694  *
695  * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
696  */
697 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
698 			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
699 			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
700 
701 /**
702  * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
703  * @chandef1: first channel definition
704  * @chandef2: second channel definition
705  *
706  * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
707  * identical, %false otherwise.
708  */
709 static inline bool
710 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
711 			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
712 {
713 	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
714 		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
715 		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
716 		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
717 }
718 
719 /**
720  * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
721  *
722  * @chandef: the channel definition
723  *
724  * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
725  */
726 static inline bool
727 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
728 {
729 	return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
730 }
731 
732 /**
733  * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
734  * @chandef1: first channel definition
735  * @chandef2: second channel definition
736  *
737  * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
738  * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
739  */
740 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
741 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
742 			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
743 
744 /**
745  * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
746  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
747  * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
748  */
749 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
750 
751 /**
752  * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
753  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
754  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
755  * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
756  * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
757  */
758 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
759 			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
760 			     u32 prohibited_flags);
761 
762 /**
763  * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
764  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
765  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
766  * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
767  * Returns:
768  *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
769  */
770 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
771 				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
772 				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
773 
774 /**
775  * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
776  *
777  * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
778  * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
779  *
780  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
781  *
782  * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
783  */
784 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
785 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
786 {
787 	switch (chandef->width) {
788 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
789 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
790 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
791 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
792 	default:
793 		break;
794 	}
795 	return 0;
796 }
797 
798 /**
799  * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
800  *
801  * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
802  * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
803  * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
804  *
805  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
806  *
807  * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
808  */
809 static inline int
810 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
811 {
812 	switch (chandef->width) {
813 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
814 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
815 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
816 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
817 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
818 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
819 	default:
820 		break;
821 	}
822 	return chandef->chan->max_power;
823 }
824 
825 /**
826  * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
827  *
828  * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
829  * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
830  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
831  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
832  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
833  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
834  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
835  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
836  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
837  *
838  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
839  * it has filled in during the get_survey().
840  */
841 enum survey_info_flags {
842 	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
843 	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
844 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
845 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
846 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
847 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
848 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
849 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
850 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX		= BIT(8),
851 };
852 
853 /**
854  * struct survey_info - channel survey response
855  *
856  * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
857  *	record to report global statistics
858  * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
859  * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
860  *	optional
861  * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
862  * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
863  * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
864  * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
865  * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
866  * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
867  * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
868  *
869  * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
870  *
871  * This structure can later be expanded with things like
872  * channel duty cycle etc.
873  */
874 struct survey_info {
875 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
876 	u64 time;
877 	u64 time_busy;
878 	u64 time_ext_busy;
879 	u64 time_rx;
880 	u64 time_tx;
881 	u64 time_scan;
882 	u64 time_bss_rx;
883 	u32 filled;
884 	s8 noise;
885 };
886 
887 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4
888 
889 /**
890  * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
891  * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
892  *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
893  * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
894  * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
895  * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
896  * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
897  * @akm_suites: AKM suites
898  * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
899  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
900  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
901  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
902  * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
903  *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
904  * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
905  *	protocol frames.
906  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
907  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
908  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
909  *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
910  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
911  * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
912  * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
913  *	offload)
914  * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
915  */
916 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
917 	u32 wpa_versions;
918 	u32 cipher_group;
919 	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
920 	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
921 	int n_akm_suites;
922 	u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
923 	bool control_port;
924 	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
925 	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
926 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
927 	bool control_port_no_preauth;
928 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
929 	int wep_tx_key;
930 	const u8 *psk;
931 	const u8 *sae_pwd;
932 	u8 sae_pwd_len;
933 };
934 
935 /**
936  * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
937  * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
938  *	or %NULL if not changed
939  * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
940  *	or %NULL if not changed
941  * @head_len: length of @head
942  * @tail_len: length of @tail
943  * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
944  * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
945  * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
946  *	frames or %NULL
947  * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
948  * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
949  *	Response frames or %NULL
950  * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
951  * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
952  * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
953  * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
954  *	(which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
955  * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
956  *	(measurement type 8)
957  * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
958  *	Token (measurement type 11)
959  * @lci_len: LCI data length
960  * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
961  */
962 struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
963 	const u8 *head, *tail;
964 	const u8 *beacon_ies;
965 	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
966 	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
967 	const u8 *probe_resp;
968 	const u8 *lci;
969 	const u8 *civicloc;
970 	s8 ftm_responder;
971 
972 	size_t head_len, tail_len;
973 	size_t beacon_ies_len;
974 	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
975 	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
976 	size_t probe_resp_len;
977 	size_t lci_len;
978 	size_t civicloc_len;
979 };
980 
981 struct mac_address {
982 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
983 };
984 
985 /**
986  * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
987  *
988  * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
989  *	entry specified by mac_addr
990  * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
991  * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
992  */
993 struct cfg80211_acl_data {
994 	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
995 	int n_acl_entries;
996 
997 	/* Keep it last */
998 	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
999 };
1000 
1001 /*
1002  * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
1003  */
1004 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
1005 	struct {
1006 		u32 legacy;
1007 		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
1008 		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
1009 		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
1010 	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1011 };
1012 
1013 /**
1014  * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
1015  *
1016  * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
1017  *
1018  * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
1019  */
1020 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
1021 	AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
1022 };
1023 
1024 /**
1025  * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
1026  *
1027  * Used to configure an AP interface.
1028  *
1029  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1030  * @beacon: beacon data
1031  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1032  * @dtim_period: DTIM period
1033  * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
1034  *	user space)
1035  * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1036  * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1037  * @crypto: crypto settings
1038  * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1039  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1040  * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
1041  * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1042  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1043  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1044  * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1045  *	MAC address based access control
1046  * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1047  *	networks.
1048  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1049  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1050  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1051  * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1052  * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1053  * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1054  * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1055  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
1056  * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1057  * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1058  * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1059  */
1060 struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
1061 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1062 
1063 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1064 
1065 	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
1066 	const u8 *ssid;
1067 	size_t ssid_len;
1068 	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1069 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1070 	bool privacy;
1071 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1072 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1073 	int inactivity_timeout;
1074 	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1075 	bool p2p_opp_ps;
1076 	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1077 	bool pbss;
1078 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1079 
1080 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1081 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1082 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1083 	const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
1084 	bool ht_required, vht_required;
1085 	bool twt_responder;
1086 	u32 flags;
1087 	struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1088 	struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
1089 };
1090 
1091 /**
1092  * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1093  *
1094  * Used for channel switch
1095  *
1096  * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1097  * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1098  * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1099  * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1100  * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1101  * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1102  * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1103  * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1104  * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1105  * @count: number of beacons until switch
1106  */
1107 struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1108 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1109 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1110 	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1111 	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1112 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1113 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1114 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1115 	bool radar_required;
1116 	bool block_tx;
1117 	u8 count;
1118 };
1119 
1120 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1121 
1122 /**
1123  * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1124  *
1125  * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1126  *
1127  * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1128  *	to use for verification
1129  * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1130  *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1131  *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1132  * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1133  *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1134  *	nl80211_iftype.
1135  * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1136  *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1137  *	the verification
1138  */
1139 struct iface_combination_params {
1140 	int num_different_channels;
1141 	u8 radar_detect;
1142 	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1143 	u32 new_beacon_int;
1144 };
1145 
1146 /**
1147  * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1148  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1149  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1150  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1151  *
1152  * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1153  * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1154  */
1155 enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1156 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1157 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1158 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1159 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1160 };
1161 
1162 /**
1163  * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1164  *
1165  * Used to configure txpower for station.
1166  *
1167  * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1168  *	is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1169  *	overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1170  *	power per-interface or per-station.
1171  * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1172  *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1173  *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1174  *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1175  *	per peer TPC.
1176  */
1177 struct sta_txpwr {
1178 	s16 power;
1179 	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1180 };
1181 
1182 /**
1183  * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1184  *
1185  * Used to change and create a new station.
1186  *
1187  * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1188  * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1189  *	(or NULL for no change)
1190  * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1191  * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1192  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1193  * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1194  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1195  * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1196  * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1197  * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1198  * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1199  * @plink_action: plink action to take
1200  * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1201  * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1202  * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1203  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1204  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1205  * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1206  *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1207  * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1208  *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1209  *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1210  * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1211  *	to unknown)
1212  * @capability: station capability
1213  * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1214  * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1215  * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1216  * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1217  * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1218  * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1219  * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1220  * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1221  * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1222  * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1223  * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1224  * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1225  */
1226 struct station_parameters {
1227 	const u8 *supported_rates;
1228 	struct net_device *vlan;
1229 	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1230 	u32 sta_modify_mask;
1231 	int listen_interval;
1232 	u16 aid;
1233 	u16 vlan_id;
1234 	u16 peer_aid;
1235 	u8 supported_rates_len;
1236 	u8 plink_action;
1237 	u8 plink_state;
1238 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1239 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1240 	u8 uapsd_queues;
1241 	u8 max_sp;
1242 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1243 	u16 capability;
1244 	const u8 *ext_capab;
1245 	u8 ext_capab_len;
1246 	const u8 *supported_channels;
1247 	u8 supported_channels_len;
1248 	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1249 	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1250 	u8 opmode_notif;
1251 	bool opmode_notif_used;
1252 	int support_p2p_ps;
1253 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1254 	u8 he_capa_len;
1255 	u16 airtime_weight;
1256 	struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1257 };
1258 
1259 /**
1260  * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1261  *
1262  * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1263  *
1264  * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1265  * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1266  *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1267  * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1268  */
1269 struct station_del_parameters {
1270 	const u8 *mac;
1271 	u8 subtype;
1272 	u16 reason_code;
1273 };
1274 
1275 /**
1276  * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1277  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1278  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1279  *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1280  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1281  *	the AP MLME in the device
1282  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1283  * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1284  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1285  *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1286  *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1287  *	supported/used)
1288  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1289  *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1290  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1291  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1292  */
1293 enum cfg80211_station_type {
1294 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1295 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1296 	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1297 	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1298 	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1299 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1300 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1301 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1302 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1303 };
1304 
1305 /**
1306  * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1307  * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1308  * @params: the new parameters for a station
1309  * @statype: the type of station being modified
1310  *
1311  * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1312  * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1313  * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1314  * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1315  * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1316  */
1317 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1318 				  struct station_parameters *params,
1319 				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1320 
1321 /**
1322  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1323  *
1324  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1325  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1326  *
1327  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1328  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1329  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1330  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1331  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1332  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1333  */
1334 enum rate_info_flags {
1335 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
1336 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
1337 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
1338 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG			= BIT(3),
1339 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS			= BIT(4),
1340 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG			= BIT(5),
1341 };
1342 
1343 /**
1344  * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1345  *
1346  * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1347  *
1348  * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1349  * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1350  * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1351  * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1352  * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1353  * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1354  * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1355  */
1356 enum rate_info_bw {
1357 	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1358 	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1359 	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1360 	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1361 	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1362 	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1363 	RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1364 };
1365 
1366 /**
1367  * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1368  *
1369  * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1370  *
1371  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1372  * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1373  * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1374  * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1375  * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1376  * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1377  * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1378  * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1379  *	only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1380  * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1381  */
1382 struct rate_info {
1383 	u8 flags;
1384 	u8 mcs;
1385 	u16 legacy;
1386 	u8 nss;
1387 	u8 bw;
1388 	u8 he_gi;
1389 	u8 he_dcm;
1390 	u8 he_ru_alloc;
1391 	u8 n_bonded_ch;
1392 };
1393 
1394 /**
1395  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1396  *
1397  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1398  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1399  *
1400  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1401  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1402  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1403  */
1404 enum bss_param_flags {
1405 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
1406 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
1407 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
1408 };
1409 
1410 /**
1411  * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1412  *
1413  * Information about the currently associated BSS
1414  *
1415  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1416  * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1417  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1418  */
1419 struct sta_bss_parameters {
1420 	u8 flags;
1421 	u8 dtim_period;
1422 	u16 beacon_interval;
1423 };
1424 
1425 /**
1426  * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1427  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1428  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1429  * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1430  * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1431  * @flows: number of new flows seen
1432  * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1433  * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1434  * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1435  * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1436  * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1437  * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1438  * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1439  * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1440  */
1441 struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1442 	u32 filled;
1443 	u32 backlog_bytes;
1444 	u32 backlog_packets;
1445 	u32 flows;
1446 	u32 drops;
1447 	u32 ecn_marks;
1448 	u32 overlimit;
1449 	u32 overmemory;
1450 	u32 collisions;
1451 	u32 tx_bytes;
1452 	u32 tx_packets;
1453 	u32 max_flows;
1454 };
1455 
1456 /**
1457  * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1458  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1459  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1460  * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1461  * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1462  * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1463  *	transmitted MSDUs
1464  * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1465  * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1466  */
1467 struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1468 	u32 filled;
1469 	u64 rx_msdu;
1470 	u64 tx_msdu;
1471 	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1472 	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1473 	struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1474 };
1475 
1476 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4
1477 
1478 /**
1479  * struct station_info - station information
1480  *
1481  * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1482  *
1483  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1484  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1485  * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1486  * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1487  * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1488  * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1489  * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1490  * @llid: mesh local link id
1491  * @plid: mesh peer link id
1492  * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1493  * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1494  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1495  * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1496  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1497  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1498  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1499  * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1500  * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1501  * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1502  * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1503  * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1504  * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1505  * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1506  * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1507  * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1508  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1509  *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
1510  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1511  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1512  * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1513  *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1514  *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1515  *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1516  * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1517  * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1518  * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1519  * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1520  * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1521  * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1522  * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1523  * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1524  *	towards this station.
1525  * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1526  * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1527  *	from this peer
1528  * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1529  * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1530  * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1531  * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1532  * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1533  *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1534  *	Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1535  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1536  * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1537  *	been sent.
1538  * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1539  * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1540  *	an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1541  *	received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1542  * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1543  */
1544 struct station_info {
1545 	u64 filled;
1546 	u32 connected_time;
1547 	u32 inactive_time;
1548 	u64 assoc_at;
1549 	u64 rx_bytes;
1550 	u64 tx_bytes;
1551 	u16 llid;
1552 	u16 plid;
1553 	u8 plink_state;
1554 	s8 signal;
1555 	s8 signal_avg;
1556 
1557 	u8 chains;
1558 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1559 	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1560 
1561 	struct rate_info txrate;
1562 	struct rate_info rxrate;
1563 	u32 rx_packets;
1564 	u32 tx_packets;
1565 	u32 tx_retries;
1566 	u32 tx_failed;
1567 	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1568 	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1569 	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1570 
1571 	int generation;
1572 
1573 	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1574 	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1575 
1576 	u32 beacon_loss_count;
1577 	s64 t_offset;
1578 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1579 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1580 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1581 
1582 	u32 expected_throughput;
1583 
1584 	u64 tx_duration;
1585 	u64 rx_duration;
1586 	u64 rx_beacon;
1587 	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1588 	u8 connected_to_gate;
1589 
1590 	struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1591 	s8 ack_signal;
1592 	s8 avg_ack_signal;
1593 
1594 	u16 airtime_weight;
1595 
1596 	u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1597 	u32 fcs_err_count;
1598 
1599 	u32 airtime_link_metric;
1600 };
1601 
1602 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1603 /**
1604  * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1605  * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1606  * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1607  * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1608  *
1609  * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1610  * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1611  * considered undefined.
1612  */
1613 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1614 			 struct station_info *sinfo);
1615 #else
1616 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1617 				       const u8 *mac_addr,
1618 				       struct station_info *sinfo)
1619 {
1620 	return -ENOENT;
1621 }
1622 #endif
1623 
1624 /**
1625  * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1626  *
1627  * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1628  * according to the nl80211 flags.
1629  *
1630  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1631  * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1632  * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1633  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1634  * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1635  * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1636  * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1637  */
1638 enum monitor_flags {
1639 	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1640 	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1641 	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1642 	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1643 	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1644 	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1645 	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1646 };
1647 
1648 /**
1649  * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1650  *
1651  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1652  * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1653  *
1654  * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1655  * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1656  * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1657  * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1658  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1659  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1660  * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1661  * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1662  * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1663  */
1664 enum mpath_info_flags {
1665 	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
1666 	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
1667 	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
1668 	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
1669 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
1670 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
1671 	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
1672 	MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT		= BIT(7),
1673 	MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE		= BIT(8),
1674 };
1675 
1676 /**
1677  * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1678  *
1679  * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1680  *
1681  * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1682  * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1683  * @sn: target sequence number
1684  * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1685  * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1686  * @flags: mesh path flags
1687  * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1688  * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1689  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1690  *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1691  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1692  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1693  * @hop_count: hops to destination
1694  * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1695  */
1696 struct mpath_info {
1697 	u32 filled;
1698 	u32 frame_qlen;
1699 	u32 sn;
1700 	u32 metric;
1701 	u32 exptime;
1702 	u32 discovery_timeout;
1703 	u8 discovery_retries;
1704 	u8 flags;
1705 	u8 hop_count;
1706 	u32 path_change_count;
1707 
1708 	int generation;
1709 };
1710 
1711 /**
1712  * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1713  *
1714  * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1715  *
1716  * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1717  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1718  * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1719  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1720  * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1721  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1722  * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1723  *	(or NULL for no change)
1724  * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1725  * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1726  * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1727  *	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1728  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1729  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1730  */
1731 struct bss_parameters {
1732 	int use_cts_prot;
1733 	int use_short_preamble;
1734 	int use_short_slot_time;
1735 	const u8 *basic_rates;
1736 	u8 basic_rates_len;
1737 	int ap_isolate;
1738 	int ht_opmode;
1739 	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1740 };
1741 
1742 /**
1743  * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1744  *
1745  * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1746  *
1747  * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1748  *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
1749  * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1750  *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1751  * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1752  *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1753  * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1754  *	mesh interface
1755  * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1756  *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1757  * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1758  * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1759  *	elements
1760  * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1761  *	detect compatible mesh peers
1762  * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1763  *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1764  * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1765  *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1766  * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1767  * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1768  *	a path discovery in milliseconds
1769  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1770  *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1771  *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1772  * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1773  *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1774  *	element
1775  * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1776  *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1777  *	element
1778  * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1779  *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1780  * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1781  * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1782  *	announcements are transmitted
1783  * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1784  *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1785  *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1786  *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1787  *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1788  *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1789  * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1790  *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1791  * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1792  *	station to establish a peer link
1793  * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1794  *
1795  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1796  *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1797  *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
1798  *
1799  * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1800  *	PREQs are transmitted.
1801  * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1802  *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1803  *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1804  * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1805  *	setting for new peer links.
1806  * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1807  *	after transmitting its beacon.
1808  * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1809  *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1810  *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1811  * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1812  *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
1813  *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1814  *      in the mesh path table
1815  */
1816 struct mesh_config {
1817 	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1818 	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1819 	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1820 	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1821 	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1822 	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1823 	u8 element_ttl;
1824 	bool auto_open_plinks;
1825 	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1826 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1827 	u32 path_refresh_time;
1828 	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1829 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1830 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1831 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1832 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1833 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1834 	bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1835 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1836 	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1837 	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1838 	s32 rssi_threshold;
1839 	u16 ht_opmode;
1840 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1841 	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1842 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1843 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1844 	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1845 	u32 plink_timeout;
1846 };
1847 
1848 /**
1849  * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1850  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1851  * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1852  * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1853  * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1854  * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1855  * @path_metric: which metric to use
1856  * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1857  * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1858  * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1859  * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1860  * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1861  * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1862  * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1863  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1864  * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1865  * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1866  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1867  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1868  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1869  *	to operate on DFS channels.
1870  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1871  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1872  *
1873  * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1874  */
1875 struct mesh_setup {
1876 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1877 	const u8 *mesh_id;
1878 	u8 mesh_id_len;
1879 	u8 sync_method;
1880 	u8 path_sel_proto;
1881 	u8 path_metric;
1882 	u8 auth_id;
1883 	const u8 *ie;
1884 	u8 ie_len;
1885 	bool is_authenticated;
1886 	bool is_secure;
1887 	bool user_mpm;
1888 	u8 dtim_period;
1889 	u16 beacon_interval;
1890 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1891 	u32 basic_rates;
1892 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1893 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1894 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1895 };
1896 
1897 /**
1898  * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1899  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1900  *
1901  * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1902  */
1903 struct ocb_setup {
1904 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1905 };
1906 
1907 /**
1908  * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1909  * @ac: AC identifier
1910  * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1911  * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1912  *	1..32767]
1913  * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1914  *	1..32767]
1915  * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1916  */
1917 struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1918 	enum nl80211_ac ac;
1919 	u16 txop;
1920 	u16 cwmin;
1921 	u16 cwmax;
1922 	u8 aifs;
1923 };
1924 
1925 /**
1926  * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1927  *
1928  * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1929  * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1930  * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1931  * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1932  * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1933  * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1934  * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1935  * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1936  * in the wiphy structure.
1937  *
1938  * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1939  * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1940  * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1941  *
1942  * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1943  * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1944  * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1945  * to userspace.
1946  */
1947 
1948 /**
1949  * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1950  * @ssid: the SSID
1951  * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1952  */
1953 struct cfg80211_ssid {
1954 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1955 	u8 ssid_len;
1956 };
1957 
1958 /**
1959  * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1960  * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1961  *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1962  *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
1963  * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1964  * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1965  *	userspace will be notified of that
1966  */
1967 struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1968 	u64 scan_start_tsf;
1969 	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1970 	bool aborted;
1971 };
1972 
1973 /**
1974  * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1975  *
1976  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1977  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1978  * @channels: channels to scan on.
1979  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1980  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1981  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1982  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1983  * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1984  *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1985  *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1986  * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1987  *	%duration field.
1988  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1989  * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1990  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1991  * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1992  * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1993  * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1994  * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1995  * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1996  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1997  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1998  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1999  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
2000  * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
2001  */
2002 struct cfg80211_scan_request {
2003 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2004 	int n_ssids;
2005 	u32 n_channels;
2006 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2007 	const u8 *ie;
2008 	size_t ie_len;
2009 	u16 duration;
2010 	bool duration_mandatory;
2011 	u32 flags;
2012 
2013 	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2014 
2015 	struct wireless_dev *wdev;
2016 
2017 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2018 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2019 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2020 
2021 	/* internal */
2022 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2023 	unsigned long scan_start;
2024 	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
2025 	bool notified;
2026 	bool no_cck;
2027 
2028 	/* keep last */
2029 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2030 };
2031 
2032 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
2033 {
2034 	int i;
2035 
2036 	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
2037 	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
2038 		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
2039 		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
2040 	}
2041 }
2042 
2043 /**
2044  * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2045  *
2046  * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2047  *	or no match (RSSI only)
2048  * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2049  *	or no match (RSSI only)
2050  * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2051  * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
2052  *	for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
2053  *	of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
2054  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
2055  *	specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
2056  *	If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
2057  *	corresponding matchset.
2058  */
2059 struct cfg80211_match_set {
2060 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2061 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2062 	s32 rssi_thold;
2063 	s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2064 };
2065 
2066 /**
2067  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2068  *
2069  * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2070  * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2071  *	infinite loop.
2072  *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2073  *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2074  */
2075 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2076 	u32 interval;
2077 	u32 iterations;
2078 };
2079 
2080 /**
2081  * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2082  *
2083  * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2084  * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2085  */
2086 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2087 	enum nl80211_band band;
2088 	s8 delta;
2089 };
2090 
2091 /**
2092  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2093  *
2094  * @reqid: identifies this request.
2095  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2096  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2097  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2098  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2099  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2100  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2101  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2102  * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2103  *	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2104  *	(others are filtered out).
2105  *	If ommited, all results are passed.
2106  * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2107  * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2108  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2109  * @dev: the interface
2110  * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2111  * @channels: channels to scan
2112  * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2113  *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
2114  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2115  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2116  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2117  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
2118  * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2119  *	index must be executed first.
2120  * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2121  * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2122  * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2123  *	owned by a particular socket)
2124  * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2125  * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2126  * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2127  *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2128  *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2129  *	supported.
2130  * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2131  * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2132  *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2133  *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2134  *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2135  * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2136  *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2137  *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2138  *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2139  *	comparisions.
2140  */
2141 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2142 	u64 reqid;
2143 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2144 	int n_ssids;
2145 	u32 n_channels;
2146 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2147 	const u8 *ie;
2148 	size_t ie_len;
2149 	u32 flags;
2150 	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2151 	int n_match_sets;
2152 	s32 min_rssi_thold;
2153 	u32 delay;
2154 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2155 	int n_scan_plans;
2156 
2157 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2158 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2159 
2160 	bool relative_rssi_set;
2161 	s8 relative_rssi;
2162 	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2163 
2164 	/* internal */
2165 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2166 	struct net_device *dev;
2167 	unsigned long scan_start;
2168 	bool report_results;
2169 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2170 	u32 owner_nlportid;
2171 	bool nl_owner_dead;
2172 	struct list_head list;
2173 
2174 	/* keep last */
2175 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2176 };
2177 
2178 /**
2179  * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2180  *
2181  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2182  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2183  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2184  */
2185 enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2186 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2187 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2188 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2189 };
2190 
2191 /**
2192  * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2193  * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2194  * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2195  * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2196  *	signal type
2197  * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2198  *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2199  *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2200  *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2201  *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2202  *	ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2203  * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2204  *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2205  *	by %parent_bssid.
2206  * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2207  *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2208  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2209  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2210  */
2211 struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2212 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2213 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2214 	s32 signal;
2215 	u64 boottime_ns;
2216 	u64 parent_tsf;
2217 	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2218 	u8 chains;
2219 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2220 };
2221 
2222 /**
2223  * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2224  * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2225  * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2226  * @len: length of the IEs
2227  * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2228  * @data: IE data
2229  */
2230 struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2231 	u64 tsf;
2232 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2233 	int len;
2234 	bool from_beacon;
2235 	u8 data[];
2236 };
2237 
2238 /**
2239  * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2240  *
2241  * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2242  * for use in scan results and similar.
2243  *
2244  * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2245  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2246  * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2247  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2248  * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2249  * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2250  *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2251  *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2252  *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
2253  * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2254  *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2255  *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2256  *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2257  * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2258  * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2259  *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2260  *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2261  *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2262  * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2263  *	non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2264  * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2265  *	(multi-BSSID support)
2266  * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2267  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2268  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2269  * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2270  * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2271  * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2272  */
2273 struct cfg80211_bss {
2274 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2275 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2276 
2277 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2278 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2279 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2280 
2281 	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2282 	struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2283 	struct list_head nontrans_list;
2284 
2285 	s32 signal;
2286 
2287 	u16 beacon_interval;
2288 	u16 capability;
2289 
2290 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2291 	u8 chains;
2292 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2293 
2294 	u8 bssid_index;
2295 	u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2296 
2297 	u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2298 };
2299 
2300 /**
2301  * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2302  * @bss: the bss to search
2303  * @id: the element ID
2304  *
2305  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2306  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2307  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2308  */
2309 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2310 
2311 /**
2312  * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2313  * @bss: the bss to search
2314  * @id: the element ID
2315  *
2316  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2317  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2318  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2319  */
2320 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2321 {
2322 	return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2323 }
2324 
2325 
2326 /**
2327  * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2328  *
2329  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2330  * authentication.
2331  *
2332  * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2333  *	to it if it needs to keep it.
2334  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2335  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2336  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2337  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2338  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2339  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2340  * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2341  *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2342  *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2343  *	transaction sequence number field.
2344  * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2345  */
2346 struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2347 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2348 	const u8 *ie;
2349 	size_t ie_len;
2350 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2351 	const u8 *key;
2352 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2353 	const u8 *auth_data;
2354 	size_t auth_data_len;
2355 };
2356 
2357 /**
2358  * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2359  *
2360  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2361  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2362  * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2363  * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2364  *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2365  *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2366  *	request (connect callback).
2367  */
2368 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2369 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
2370 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
2371 	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
2372 	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
2373 };
2374 
2375 /**
2376  * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2377  *
2378  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2379  * (re)association.
2380  * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2381  *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2382  *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2383  *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2384  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2385  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2386  * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2387  * @crypto: crypto settings
2388  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2389  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2390  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2391  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2392  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2393  *	frame.
2394  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2395  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2396  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2397  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2398  * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2399  * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2400  * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2401  *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
2402  * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2403  * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2404  *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2405  *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2406  */
2407 struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2408 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2409 	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2410 	size_t ie_len;
2411 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2412 	bool use_mfp;
2413 	u32 flags;
2414 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2415 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2416 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2417 	const u8 *fils_kek;
2418 	size_t fils_kek_len;
2419 	const u8 *fils_nonces;
2420 };
2421 
2422 /**
2423  * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2424  *
2425  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2426  * deauthentication.
2427  *
2428  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2429  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2430  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2431  * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2432  * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2433  *	do not set a deauth frame
2434  */
2435 struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2436 	const u8 *bssid;
2437 	const u8 *ie;
2438 	size_t ie_len;
2439 	u16 reason_code;
2440 	bool local_state_change;
2441 };
2442 
2443 /**
2444  * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2445  *
2446  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2447  * disassociation.
2448  *
2449  * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2450  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2451  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2452  * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2453  * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2454  *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2455  */
2456 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2457 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2458 	const u8 *ie;
2459 	size_t ie_len;
2460 	u16 reason_code;
2461 	bool local_state_change;
2462 };
2463 
2464 /**
2465  * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2466  *
2467  * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2468  * method.
2469  *
2470  * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2471  * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2472  * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2473  *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2474  * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2475  * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2476  *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
2477  * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2478  * @ie_len: length of that
2479  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2480  * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2481  *	after joining
2482  * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2483  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2484  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2485  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2486  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2487  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2488  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2489  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2490  *	to operate on DFS channels.
2491  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2492  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2493  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2494  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2495  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2496  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2497  *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2498  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2499  */
2500 struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2501 	const u8 *ssid;
2502 	const u8 *bssid;
2503 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2504 	const u8 *ie;
2505 	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2506 	u16 beacon_interval;
2507 	u32 basic_rates;
2508 	bool channel_fixed;
2509 	bool privacy;
2510 	bool control_port;
2511 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2512 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2513 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2514 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2515 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2516 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
2517 	int wep_tx_key;
2518 };
2519 
2520 /**
2521  * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2522  *
2523  * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2524  * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2525  * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2526  * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2527  */
2528 struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2529 	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2530 	union {
2531 		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2532 		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2533 	} param;
2534 };
2535 
2536 /**
2537  * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2538  *
2539  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2540  * authentication and association.
2541  *
2542  * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2543  *	on scan results)
2544  * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2545  *	%NULL if not specified
2546  * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2547  *	results)
2548  * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2549  *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2550  *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2551  *	to use.
2552  * @ssid: SSID
2553  * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2554  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2555  * @ie: IEs for association request
2556  * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2557  * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2558  * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2559  * @crypto: crypto settings
2560  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2561  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2562  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2563  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2564  * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2565  *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2566  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2567  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2568  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2569  * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2570  * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2571  * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2572  *	networks.
2573  * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2574  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2575  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2576  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2577  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2578  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2579  *	frame.
2580  * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2581  *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2582  *	data IE.
2583  * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2584  * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2585  *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2586  *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2587  * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2588  * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2589  *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2590  * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2591  *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2592  * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2593  * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2594  *	offload of 4-way handshake.
2595  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2596  *	This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2597  *	to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2598  */
2599 struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2600 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2601 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2602 	const u8 *bssid;
2603 	const u8 *bssid_hint;
2604 	const u8 *ssid;
2605 	size_t ssid_len;
2606 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2607 	const u8 *ie;
2608 	size_t ie_len;
2609 	bool privacy;
2610 	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2611 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2612 	const u8 *key;
2613 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2614 	u32 flags;
2615 	int bg_scan_period;
2616 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2617 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2618 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2619 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2620 	bool pbss;
2621 	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2622 	const u8 *prev_bssid;
2623 	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2624 	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2625 	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2626 	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2627 	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2628 	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2629 	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2630 	bool want_1x;
2631 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2632 };
2633 
2634 /**
2635  * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2636  *
2637  * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2638  * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2639  *
2640  * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2641  * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2642  *	username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2643  * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2644  */
2645 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2646 	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
2647 	UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO		= BIT(1),
2648 	UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE		= BIT(2),
2649 };
2650 
2651 /**
2652  * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2653  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2654  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2655  * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2656  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2657  * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2658  * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2659  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2660  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2661  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2662  */
2663 enum wiphy_params_flags {
2664 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
2665 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
2666 	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
2667 	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
2668 	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
2669 	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
2670 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT		= 1 << 6,
2671 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT	= 1 << 7,
2672 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM		= 1 << 8,
2673 };
2674 
2675 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT	256
2676 
2677 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
2678 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L	5000
2679 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H	12000
2680 
2681 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
2682 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD			24000
2683 
2684 /**
2685  * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2686  *
2687  * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2688  * caching.
2689  *
2690  * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2691  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2692  * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2693  *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2694  * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2695  *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2696  * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2697  *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2698  * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2699  * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2700  *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2701  *	%NULL).
2702  * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
2703  *	(dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
2704  *	The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
2705  *	expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
2706  *	expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
2707  *	used for it expires.
2708  * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
2709  *	PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
2710  *	Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
2711  *	this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
2712  *	threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
2713  */
2714 struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2715 	const u8 *bssid;
2716 	const u8 *pmkid;
2717 	const u8 *pmk;
2718 	size_t pmk_len;
2719 	const u8 *ssid;
2720 	size_t ssid_len;
2721 	const u8 *cache_id;
2722 	u32 pmk_lifetime;
2723 	u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
2724 };
2725 
2726 /**
2727  * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2728  * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2729  *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2730  * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2731  * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2732  * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2733  *
2734  * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2735  * memory, free @mask only!
2736  */
2737 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2738 	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2739 	int pattern_len;
2740 	int pkt_offset;
2741 };
2742 
2743 /**
2744  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2745  *
2746  * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2747  * @src: source IP address
2748  * @dst: destination IP address
2749  * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2750  * @src_port: source port
2751  * @dst_port: destination port
2752  * @payload_len: data payload length
2753  * @payload: data payload buffer
2754  * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2755  * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2756  * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2757  * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2758  * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2759  * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2760  * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2761  */
2762 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2763 	struct socket *sock;
2764 	__be32 src, dst;
2765 	u16 src_port, dst_port;
2766 	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2767 	int payload_len;
2768 	const u8 *payload;
2769 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2770 	u32 data_interval;
2771 	u32 wake_len;
2772 	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2773 	u32 tokens_size;
2774 	/* must be last, variable member */
2775 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2776 };
2777 
2778 /**
2779  * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2780  *
2781  * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2782  * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2783  *	operating as normal during suspend
2784  * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2785  * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2786  * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2787  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2788  * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2789  * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2790  * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2791  * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2792  * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2793  *	NULL if not configured.
2794  * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2795  */
2796 struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2797 	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2798 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2799 	     rfkill_release;
2800 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2801 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2802 	int n_patterns;
2803 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2804 };
2805 
2806 /**
2807  * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2808  *
2809  * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2810  * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2811  * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2812  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2813  * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2814  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2815  */
2816 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2817 	int delay;
2818 	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2819 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2820 	int n_patterns;
2821 };
2822 
2823 /**
2824  * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2825  *
2826  * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2827  * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2828  * @n_rules: number of rules
2829  */
2830 struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2831 	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2832 	int n_rules;
2833 };
2834 
2835 /**
2836  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2837  *
2838  * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2839  * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
2840  *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2841  * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2842  *	occurred (in MHz)
2843  */
2844 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2845 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2846 	int n_channels;
2847 	u32 channels[];
2848 };
2849 
2850 /**
2851  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2852  *
2853  * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2854  *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2855  *	match information.
2856  * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2857  *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
2858  */
2859 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2860 	int n_matches;
2861 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2862 };
2863 
2864 /**
2865  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2866  * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2867  * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2868  * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2869  * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2870  * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2871  * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2872  * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2873  * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2874  * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2875  * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2876  * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2877  *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2878  *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2879  *	it is.
2880  * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2881  * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2882  * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2883  * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2884  */
2885 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2886 	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2887 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2888 	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2889 	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2890 	s32 pattern_idx;
2891 	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2892 	const void *packet;
2893 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2894 };
2895 
2896 /**
2897  * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2898  * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2899  * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2900  * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2901  */
2902 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2903 	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2904 };
2905 
2906 /**
2907  * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2908  *
2909  * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2910  *
2911  * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2912  * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2913  * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2914  */
2915 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2916 	u16 md;
2917 	const u8 *ie;
2918 	size_t ie_len;
2919 };
2920 
2921 /**
2922  * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2923  *
2924  * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2925  *
2926  * @chan: channel to use
2927  * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2928  * @wait: duration for ROC
2929  * @buf: buffer to transmit
2930  * @len: buffer length
2931  * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2932  * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2933  * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2934  * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2935  */
2936 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2937 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2938 	bool offchan;
2939 	unsigned int wait;
2940 	const u8 *buf;
2941 	size_t len;
2942 	bool no_cck;
2943 	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2944 	int n_csa_offsets;
2945 	const u16 *csa_offsets;
2946 };
2947 
2948 /**
2949  * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2950  *
2951  * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2952  * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2953  */
2954 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2955 	u8 dscp;
2956 	u8 up;
2957 };
2958 
2959 /**
2960  * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2961  *
2962  * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2963  * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2964  */
2965 struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2966 	u8 low;
2967 	u8 high;
2968 };
2969 
2970 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2971 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
2972 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
2973 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2974 	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2975 
2976 /**
2977  * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2978  *
2979  * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2980  *
2981  * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2982  * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2983  *	the user priority DSCP range definition
2984  * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2985  */
2986 struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2987 	u8 num_des;
2988 	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2989 	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2990 };
2991 
2992 /**
2993  * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2994  *
2995  * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2996  *
2997  * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2998  * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2999  *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3000  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3001  */
3002 struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
3003 	u8 master_pref;
3004 	u8 bands;
3005 };
3006 
3007 /**
3008  * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
3009  * configuration
3010  *
3011  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
3012  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
3013  */
3014 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
3015 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
3016 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
3017 };
3018 
3019 /**
3020  * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
3021  *
3022  * @filter: the content of the filter
3023  * @len: the length of the filter
3024  */
3025 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
3026 	const u8 *filter;
3027 	u8 len;
3028 };
3029 
3030 /**
3031  * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
3032  *
3033  * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
3034  * @service_id: the service ID of the function
3035  * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
3036  * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
3037  *	implementation specific.
3038  * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
3039  * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
3040  * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
3041  * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
3042  * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
3043  * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
3044  * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
3045  * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
3046  * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
3047  * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
3048  * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
3049  * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
3050  * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3051  * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3052  * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3053  * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3054  * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3055  * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3056  * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3057  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3058  */
3059 struct cfg80211_nan_func {
3060 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
3061 	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
3062 	u8 publish_type;
3063 	bool close_range;
3064 	bool publish_bcast;
3065 	bool subscribe_active;
3066 	u8 followup_id;
3067 	u8 followup_reqid;
3068 	struct mac_address followup_dest;
3069 	u32 ttl;
3070 	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
3071 	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
3072 	bool srf_include;
3073 	const u8 *srf_bf;
3074 	u8 srf_bf_len;
3075 	u8 srf_bf_idx;
3076 	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
3077 	int srf_num_macs;
3078 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
3079 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
3080 	u8 num_tx_filters;
3081 	u8 num_rx_filters;
3082 	u8 instance_id;
3083 	u64 cookie;
3084 };
3085 
3086 /**
3087  * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3088  *
3089  * @aa: authenticator address
3090  * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3091  * @pmk: the PMK material
3092  * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3093  *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3094  *	holds PMK-R0.
3095  */
3096 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3097 	const u8 *aa;
3098 	u8 pmk_len;
3099 	const u8 *pmk;
3100 	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3101 };
3102 
3103 /**
3104  * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3105  *
3106  * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3107  *
3108  * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3109  *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3110  * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3111  *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3112  *	authentication response command interface.
3113  * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
3114  *	authentication response command interface.
3115  * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3116  *	authentication request event interface.
3117  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3118  *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3119  *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3120  *	response command interface (user space to driver).
3121  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3122  */
3123 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3124 	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3125 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3126 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3127 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3128 	u16 status;
3129 	const u8 *pmkid;
3130 };
3131 
3132 /**
3133  * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3134  *
3135  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3136  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3137  * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3138  *	answered
3139  * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3140  *	successfully answered
3141  * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3142  * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3143  * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
3144  * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3145  *	of how much time the responder was busy
3146  * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3147  *	initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3148  *	the responder
3149  * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3150  *	for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3151  * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3152  */
3153 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3154 	u32 filled;
3155 	u32 success_num;
3156 	u32 partial_num;
3157 	u32 failed_num;
3158 	u32 asap_num;
3159 	u32 non_asap_num;
3160 	u64 total_duration_ms;
3161 	u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3162 	u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3163 	u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3164 };
3165 
3166 /**
3167  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3168  * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3169  *	%NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3170  *	reason than just "failure"
3171  * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3172  *	in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3173  * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3174  * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3175  * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3176  *	fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3177  *	by the responder
3178  * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3179  * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3180  * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3181  * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3182  * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3183  * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3184  * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3185  * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3186  * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3187  * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3188  * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3189  * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3190  * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3191  *	the square root of the variance)
3192  * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3193  * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3194  *	(must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3195  * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3196  * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3197  * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3198  * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3199  * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3200  * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3201  * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3202  * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3203  * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3204  * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3205  * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3206  * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3207  * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3208  * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3209  */
3210 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3211 	const u8 *lci;
3212 	const u8 *civicloc;
3213 	unsigned int lci_len;
3214 	unsigned int civicloc_len;
3215 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3216 	u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3217 	s16 burst_index;
3218 	u8 busy_retry_time;
3219 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3220 	u8 burst_duration;
3221 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3222 	s32 rssi_avg;
3223 	s32 rssi_spread;
3224 	struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3225 	s64 rtt_avg;
3226 	s64 rtt_variance;
3227 	s64 rtt_spread;
3228 	s64 dist_avg;
3229 	s64 dist_variance;
3230 	s64 dist_spread;
3231 
3232 	u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3233 	    num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3234 	    rssi_avg_valid:1,
3235 	    rssi_spread_valid:1,
3236 	    tx_rate_valid:1,
3237 	    rx_rate_valid:1,
3238 	    rtt_avg_valid:1,
3239 	    rtt_variance_valid:1,
3240 	    rtt_spread_valid:1,
3241 	    dist_avg_valid:1,
3242 	    dist_variance_valid:1,
3243 	    dist_spread_valid:1;
3244 };
3245 
3246 /**
3247  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3248  * @addr: address of the peer
3249  * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3250  *	measurement was made)
3251  * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3252  * @status: status of the measurement
3253  * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3254  *	reporting partial results always set this flag
3255  * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3256  * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3257  *	one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3258  *	they're all aggregated for userspace.
3259  */
3260 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3261 	u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3262 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3263 
3264 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3265 
3266 	u8 final:1,
3267 	   ap_tsf_valid:1;
3268 
3269 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3270 
3271 	union {
3272 		struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3273 	};
3274 };
3275 
3276 /**
3277  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3278  * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3279  * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3280  * @burst_period: burst period to use
3281  * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3282  * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3283  * @burst_duration: burst duration
3284  * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3285  * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3286  * @request_lci: request LCI information
3287  * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3288  * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
3289  *		 If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3290  *		 EDCA based ranging will be used.
3291  * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
3292  *		 If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3293  *		 EDCA based ranging will be used.
3294  *
3295  * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3296  */
3297 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3298 	enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3299 	u16 burst_period;
3300 	u8 requested:1,
3301 	   asap:1,
3302 	   request_lci:1,
3303 	   request_civicloc:1,
3304 	   trigger_based:1,
3305 	   non_trigger_based:1;
3306 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3307 	u8 burst_duration;
3308 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3309 	u8 ftmr_retries;
3310 };
3311 
3312 /**
3313  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3314  * @addr: MAC address
3315  * @chandef: channel to use
3316  * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3317  * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3318  */
3319 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3320 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3321 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3322 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3323 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3324 };
3325 
3326 /**
3327  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3328  * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3329  * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3330  * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3331  *	not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3332  * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3333  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3334  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3335  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
3336  * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3337  * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3338  *	zero it means there's no timeout
3339  * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3340  * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3341  */
3342 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3343 	u64 cookie;
3344 	void *drv_data;
3345 	u32 n_peers;
3346 	u32 nl_portid;
3347 
3348 	u32 timeout;
3349 
3350 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3351 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3352 
3353 	struct list_head list;
3354 
3355 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3356 };
3357 
3358 /**
3359  * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3360  *
3361  * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3362  * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3363  *
3364  * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3365  *
3366  * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3367  *	has to be done.
3368  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3369  *	processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3370  *	cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3371  *	OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3372  * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3373  *	the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3374  *	the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3375  * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3376  */
3377 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3378 	u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3379 	u16 status;
3380 	const u8 *ie;
3381 	size_t ie_len;
3382 };
3383 
3384 /**
3385  * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3386  *
3387  * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3388  * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3389  *
3390  * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3391  * on success or a negative error code.
3392  *
3393  * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3394  * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3395  * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3396  *
3397  * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3398  *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3399  *	configured for the device.
3400  * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3401  * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3402  *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3403  *	the device.
3404  *
3405  * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3406  *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3407  *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3408  *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3409  *	also set the address member in the wdev.
3410  *
3411  * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3412  *
3413  * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3414  *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3415  *
3416  * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3417  *	when adding a group key.
3418  *
3419  * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3420  *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3421  *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3422  *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3423  *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3424  *
3425  * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3426  *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3427  *
3428  * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3429  *
3430  * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3431  *
3432  * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface
3433  *
3434  * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3435  *
3436  * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3437  * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3438  *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3439  * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3440  *
3441  * @add_station: Add a new station.
3442  * @del_station: Remove a station
3443  * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3444  *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3445  *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3446  *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3447  *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3448  * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3449  * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3450  *
3451  * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3452  * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3453  * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3454  * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3455  * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3456  * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3457  * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3458  * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3459  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3460  * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3461  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3462  *
3463  * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3464  *
3465  * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3466  *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3467  *	set, and which to leave alone.
3468  *
3469  * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3470  *
3471  * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3472  *
3473  * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3474  *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3475  *	join the mesh instead.
3476  *
3477  * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3478  *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3479  *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3480  *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3481  *
3482  * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3483  *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3484  *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3485  *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3486  * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3487  *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3488  *
3489  * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3490  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3491  * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3492  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3493  * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3494  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3495  * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3496  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3497  *
3498  * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3499  *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3500  *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3501  *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3502  *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3503  *	was received.
3504  *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3505  *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3506  *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3507  *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3508  *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
3509  *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3510  *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3511  *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3512  *	indication of requesting reassociation.
3513  *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3514  *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3515  *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3516  * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3517  *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3518  *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3519  *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3520  *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3521  *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3522  *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3523  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3524  * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3525  *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3526  *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
3527  *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3528  *
3529  * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3530  *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3531  *	to a merge.
3532  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3533  * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3534  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3535  *
3536  * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3537  *	MESH mode)
3538  *
3539  * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3540  *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3541  *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3542  *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3543  *
3544  * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3545  *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3546  *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3547  *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3548  *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3549  * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3550  *	return 0 if successful
3551  *
3552  * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3553  *
3554  * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3555  *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3556  *
3557  * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3558  *
3559  * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3560  *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3561  *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3562  *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3563  *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3564  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3565  *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3566  *	the duration value.
3567  * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3568  * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3569  *	frame on another channel
3570  *
3571  * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3572  * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3573  *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3574  *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3575  *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3576  *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3577  *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3578  *
3579  * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3580  *
3581  * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3582  *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3583  *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3584  * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3585  * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3586  * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3587  *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3588  * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3589  *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3590  *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3591  *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3592  *	disabled.)
3593  * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3594  *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
3595  *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
3596  *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3597  *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3598  * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3599  *	thresholds.
3600  * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3601  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3602  *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3603  *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3604  *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3605  *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3606  *	stop (when this method returns 0).
3607  *
3608  * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3609  *	registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3610  *
3611  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3612  *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3613  *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3614  *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3615  *
3616  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3617  *
3618  * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3619  * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3620  *
3621  * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3622  *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3623  *
3624  * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3625  *
3626  * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3627  *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3628  *	current monitoring channel.
3629  *
3630  * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3631  * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3632  *
3633  * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3634  *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3635  *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3636  *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3637  *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3638  *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3639  *
3640  * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3641  *
3642  * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3643  *	was finished on another phy.
3644  *
3645  * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3646  *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3647  *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3648  *
3649  * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3650  *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3651  *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3652  * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3653  *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
3654  * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3655  *
3656  * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3657  *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3658  *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3659  *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3660  *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3661  *	as soon as possible.
3662  *
3663  * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3664  *
3665  * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3666  *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3667  *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3668  *
3669  * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3670  *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3671  *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3672  *	account.
3673  *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3674  *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3675  *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3676  *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3677  *	rejected)
3678  * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3679  *
3680  * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3681  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3682  * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3683  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3684  *
3685  * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3686  *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3687  *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3688  * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3689  *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3690  * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3691  * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3692  * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3693  *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3694  *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3695  *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3696  *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3697  *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3698  *	provided @nan_func.
3699  * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3700  * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3701  *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3702  *	All other parameters must be ignored.
3703  *
3704  * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3705  *
3706  * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3707  *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3708  *
3709  * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3710  *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3711  *	upon which the driver should clear it.
3712  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3713  * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3714  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3715  *
3716  * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3717  *     user space
3718  *
3719  * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
3720  *	tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3721  *
3722  * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3723  *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3724  * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3725  * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3726  *
3727  * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3728  *	but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3729  *	DH IE through this interface.
3730  *
3731  * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3732  *	and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3733  * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
3734  *	This callback may sleep.
3735  * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
3736  *	given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
3737  */
3738 struct cfg80211_ops {
3739 	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3740 	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3741 	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3742 
3743 	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3744 						  const char *name,
3745 						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
3746 						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
3747 						  struct vif_params *params);
3748 	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3749 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3750 	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3751 				       struct net_device *dev,
3752 				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
3753 				       struct vif_params *params);
3754 
3755 	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3756 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3757 			   struct key_params *params);
3758 	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3759 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3760 			   void *cookie,
3761 			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3762 	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3763 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3764 	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3765 				   struct net_device *netdev,
3766 				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3767 	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3768 					struct net_device *netdev,
3769 					u8 key_index);
3770 	int	(*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3771 					  struct net_device *netdev,
3772 					  u8 key_index);
3773 
3774 	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3775 			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3776 	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3777 				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3778 	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3779 
3780 
3781 	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3782 			       const u8 *mac,
3783 			       struct station_parameters *params);
3784 	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3785 			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
3786 	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3787 				  const u8 *mac,
3788 				  struct station_parameters *params);
3789 	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3790 			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3791 	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3792 				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3793 
3794 	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3795 			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3796 	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3797 			       const u8 *dst);
3798 	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3799 				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3800 	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3801 			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3802 	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3803 			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3804 			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3805 	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3806 			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3807 	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3808 			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3809 			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3810 	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3811 				struct net_device *dev,
3812 				struct mesh_config *conf);
3813 	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3814 				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3815 				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3816 	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3817 			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
3818 			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3819 	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3820 
3821 	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3822 			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
3823 	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3824 
3825 	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3826 			      struct bss_parameters *params);
3827 
3828 	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3829 				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3830 
3831 	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3832 					     struct net_device *dev,
3833 					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3834 
3835 	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3836 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3837 
3838 	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3839 			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3840 	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3841 
3842 	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3843 			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3844 	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3845 			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3846 	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3847 			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3848 	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3849 			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3850 
3851 	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3852 			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3853 	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3854 					 struct net_device *dev,
3855 					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3856 					 u32 changed);
3857 	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3858 			      u16 reason_code);
3859 
3860 	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3861 			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3862 	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3863 
3864 	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3865 				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3866 
3867 	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3868 
3869 	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3870 				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3871 	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3872 				int *dbm);
3873 
3874 	int	(*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3875 				const u8 *addr);
3876 
3877 	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3878 
3879 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3880 	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3881 				void *data, int len);
3882 	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3883 				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3884 				 void *data, int len);
3885 #endif
3886 
3887 	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3888 				    struct net_device *dev,
3889 				    const u8 *peer,
3890 				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3891 
3892 	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3893 			int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3894 
3895 	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3896 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3897 	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3898 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3899 	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3900 
3901 	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3902 				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3903 				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3904 				     unsigned int duration,
3905 				     u64 *cookie);
3906 	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3907 					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3908 					    u64 cookie);
3909 
3910 	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3911 			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3912 			   u64 *cookie);
3913 	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3914 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3915 				       u64 cookie);
3916 
3917 	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3918 				  bool enabled, int timeout);
3919 
3920 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3921 				       struct net_device *dev,
3922 				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3923 
3924 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3925 					     struct net_device *dev,
3926 					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3927 
3928 	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3929 				      struct net_device *dev,
3930 				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3931 
3932 	void	(*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3933 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3934 				       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3935 
3936 	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3937 	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3938 
3939 	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3940 				struct net_device *dev,
3941 				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3942 	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3943 				   u64 reqid);
3944 
3945 	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3946 				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3947 
3948 	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3949 			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3950 			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3951 			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3952 	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3953 			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3954 
3955 	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3956 				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3957 
3958 	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3959 				  struct net_device *dev,
3960 				  u16 noack_map);
3961 
3962 	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3963 			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3964 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3965 
3966 	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3967 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3968 	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3969 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3970 
3971 	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3972 			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3973 
3974 	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3975 					 struct net_device *dev,
3976 					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3977 					 u32 cac_time_ms);
3978 	void	(*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3979 				struct net_device *dev);
3980 	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3981 				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3982 	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3983 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3984 				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3985 				    u16 duration);
3986 	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3987 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3988 	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3989 				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3990 
3991 	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3992 				  struct net_device *dev,
3993 				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3994 
3995 	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3996 			       struct net_device *dev,
3997 			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3998 
3999 	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4000 				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4001 
4002 	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4003 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
4004 			     u16 admitted_time);
4005 	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4006 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
4007 
4008 	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4009 				       struct net_device *dev,
4010 				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
4011 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4012 	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4013 					      struct net_device *dev,
4014 					      const u8 *addr);
4015 	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4016 			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4017 	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4018 	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4019 				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4020 	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4021 			       u64 cookie);
4022 	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4023 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4024 				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
4025 				   u32 changes);
4026 
4027 	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4028 					    struct net_device *dev,
4029 					    const bool enabled);
4030 
4031 	int	(*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4032 				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4033 				 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
4034 
4035 	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4036 			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
4037 	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4038 			   const u8 *aa);
4039 	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4040 				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
4041 
4042 	int	(*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4043 				   struct net_device *dev,
4044 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
4045 				   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
4046 				   const bool noencrypt);
4047 
4048 	int	(*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4049 				struct net_device *dev,
4050 				struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
4051 
4052 	int	(*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4053 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4054 	void	(*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4055 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4056 	int	(*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4057 				   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
4058 	int	(*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4059 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4060 	int     (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4061 				  struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4062 	int	(*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4063 				    const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
4064 };
4065 
4066 /*
4067  * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
4068  * and registration/helper functions
4069  */
4070 
4071 /**
4072  * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
4073  *
4074  * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
4075  *	wiphy at all
4076  * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
4077  *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
4078  *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
4079  *	reason to override the default
4080  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
4081  *	on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
4082  *	supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
4083  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
4084  * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
4085  *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
4086  *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
4087  * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
4088  * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
4089  *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
4090  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
4091  *	firmware.
4092  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
4093  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
4094  * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
4095  *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
4096  *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
4097  *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
4098  *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
4099  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
4100  * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
4101  *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4102  *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4103  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4104  *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4105  * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4106  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4107  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4108  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4109  *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4110  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
4111  *	before connection.
4112  */
4113 enum wiphy_flags {
4114 	/* use hole at 0 */
4115 	/* use hole at 1 */
4116 	/* use hole at 2 */
4117 	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
4118 	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
4119 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
4120 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
4121 	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
4122 	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
4123 	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
4124 	/* use hole at 11 */
4125 	/* use hole at 12 */
4126 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
4127 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
4128 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
4129 	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
4130 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
4131 	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
4132 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
4133 	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
4134 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
4135 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
4136 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
4137 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
4138 };
4139 
4140 /**
4141  * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4142  * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4143  * @types: interface types (bits)
4144  */
4145 struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4146 	u16 max;
4147 	u16 types;
4148 };
4149 
4150 /**
4151  * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4152  *
4153  * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4154  * combinations it supports concurrently.
4155  *
4156  * Examples:
4157  *
4158  * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4159  *
4160  *    .. code-block:: c
4161  *
4162  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4163  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4164  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4165  *	};
4166  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4167  *		.limits = limits1,
4168  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4169  *		.max_interfaces = 2,
4170  *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4171  *	};
4172  *
4173  *
4174  * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4175  *
4176  *    .. code-block:: c
4177  *
4178  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4179  *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4180  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4181  *	};
4182  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4183  *		.limits = limits2,
4184  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4185  *		.max_interfaces = 8,
4186  *		.num_different_channels = 1,
4187  *	};
4188  *
4189  *
4190  * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4191  *
4192  *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4193  *
4194  *    .. code-block:: c
4195  *
4196  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4197  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4198  *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4199  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4200  *	};
4201  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4202  *		.limits = limits3,
4203  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4204  *		.max_interfaces = 4,
4205  *		.num_different_channels = 2,
4206  *	};
4207  *
4208  */
4209 struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4210 	/**
4211 	 * @limits:
4212 	 * limits for the given interface types
4213 	 */
4214 	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4215 
4216 	/**
4217 	 * @num_different_channels:
4218 	 * can use up to this many different channels
4219 	 */
4220 	u32 num_different_channels;
4221 
4222 	/**
4223 	 * @max_interfaces:
4224 	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4225 	 */
4226 	u16 max_interfaces;
4227 
4228 	/**
4229 	 * @n_limits:
4230 	 * number of limitations
4231 	 */
4232 	u8 n_limits;
4233 
4234 	/**
4235 	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4236 	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4237 	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4238 	 */
4239 	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4240 
4241 	/**
4242 	 * @radar_detect_widths:
4243 	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4244 	 */
4245 	u8 radar_detect_widths;
4246 
4247 	/**
4248 	 * @radar_detect_regions:
4249 	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4250 	 */
4251 	u8 radar_detect_regions;
4252 
4253 	/**
4254 	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4255 	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4256 	 *
4257 	 * = 0
4258 	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4259 	 * > 0
4260 	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4261 	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4262 	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4263 	 */
4264 	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4265 };
4266 
4267 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4268 	u16 tx, rx;
4269 };
4270 
4271 /**
4272  * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4273  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4274  *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4275  *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4276  *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4277  *	packet should be preserved in that case
4278  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4279  *	(see nl80211.h)
4280  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4281  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4282  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4283  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4284  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4285  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4286  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4287  */
4288 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4289 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
4290 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
4291 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
4292 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
4293 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
4294 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
4295 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
4296 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
4297 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
4298 };
4299 
4300 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4301 	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4302 	u32 data_payload_max;
4303 	u32 data_interval_max;
4304 	u32 wake_payload_max;
4305 	bool seq;
4306 };
4307 
4308 /**
4309  * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4310  * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4311  * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4312  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4313  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4314  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4315  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4316  * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4317  *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4318  *	scheduled scans.
4319  *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4320  *	details.
4321  * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4322  */
4323 struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4324 	u32 flags;
4325 	int n_patterns;
4326 	int pattern_max_len;
4327 	int pattern_min_len;
4328 	int max_pkt_offset;
4329 	int max_nd_match_sets;
4330 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4331 };
4332 
4333 /**
4334  * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4335  * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4336  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4337  * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4338  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4339  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4340  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4341  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4342  */
4343 struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4344 	int n_rules;
4345 	int max_delay;
4346 	int n_patterns;
4347 	int pattern_max_len;
4348 	int pattern_min_len;
4349 	int max_pkt_offset;
4350 };
4351 
4352 /**
4353  * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4354  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4355  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4356  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4357  *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4358  */
4359 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4360 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4361 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4362 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4363 };
4364 
4365 /**
4366  * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4367  *
4368  * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4369  * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4370  * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4371  *
4372  */
4373 enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4374 	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
4375 	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
4376 	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
4377 };
4378 
4379 /**
4380  * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4381  * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4382  * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4383  * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4384  * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4385  */
4386 
4387 struct sta_opmode_info {
4388 	u32 changed;
4389 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4390 	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4391 	u8 rx_nss;
4392 };
4393 
4394 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4395 
4396 /**
4397  * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4398  * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4399  * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4400  * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4401  *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4402  *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4403  * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4404  *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4405  *	dumpit calls.
4406  * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4407  *	Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4408  *	attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4409  * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4410  * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4411  * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4412  * are used with dump requests.
4413  */
4414 struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4415 	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4416 	u32 flags;
4417 	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4418 		    const void *data, int data_len);
4419 	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4420 		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4421 		      unsigned long *storage);
4422 	const struct nla_policy *policy;
4423 	unsigned int maxattr;
4424 };
4425 
4426 /**
4427  * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4428  * @iftype: interface type
4429  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4430  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4431  *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4432  *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4433  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4434  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4435  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4436  */
4437 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4438 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4439 	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4440 	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4441 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4442 };
4443 
4444 /**
4445  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4446  * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4447  * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4448  * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4449  * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4450  * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4451  * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4452  * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4453  * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4454  * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4455  * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4456  * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4457  *	(set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4458  *	forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4459  * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4460  *	not limited)
4461  * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4462  * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4463  */
4464 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4465 	unsigned int max_peers;
4466 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4467 	   randomize_mac_addr:1;
4468 
4469 	struct {
4470 		u32 preambles;
4471 		u32 bandwidths;
4472 		s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4473 		u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4474 		u8 supported:1,
4475 		   asap:1,
4476 		   non_asap:1,
4477 		   request_lci:1,
4478 		   request_civicloc:1,
4479 		   trigger_based:1,
4480 		   non_trigger_based:1;
4481 	} ftm;
4482 };
4483 
4484 /**
4485  * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
4486  * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
4487  * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
4488  *
4489  * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
4490  * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
4491  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4492  */
4493 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
4494 	u16 iftypes_mask;
4495 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4496 	int n_akm_suites;
4497 };
4498 
4499 /**
4500  * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4501  * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4502  *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4503  *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4504  * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4505  *	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4506  *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4507  *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4508  * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4509  * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4510  * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4511  * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
4512  *	the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
4513  *	iftype_akm_suites.
4514  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4515  * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
4516  *	Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
4517  *	overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
4518  *	instances of iftype_akm_suites).
4519  * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
4520  *	suites are specified separately.
4521  * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4522  * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4523  * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4524  *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4525  * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4526  * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4527  * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4528  * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4529  *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4530  *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4531  *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4532  *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4533  * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4534  * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4535  *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4536  *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4537  *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4538  *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4539  * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4540  *	unregister hardware
4541  * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
4542  *	It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
4543  * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
4544  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
4545  *	(see below).
4546  * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4547  * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4548  * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4549  *	must be set by driver
4550  * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4551  *	list single interface types.
4552  * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4553  * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4554  *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4555  * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4556  * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4557  *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4558  * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4559  * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4560  *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4561  * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4562  *	this variable determines its size
4563  * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4564  *	any given scan
4565  * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4566  *	the device can run concurrently.
4567  * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4568  *	for in any given scheduled scan
4569  * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4570  *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4571  *	supported.
4572  * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4573  *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4574  *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
4575  * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4576  *	scans
4577  * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4578  *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4579  * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4580  *	single scan plan supported by the device.
4581  * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4582  *	scan plan supported by the device.
4583  * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4584  * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4585  * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4586  * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4587  * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4588  *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4589  * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4590  *
4591  * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4592  *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4593  *	type
4594  *
4595  * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4596  *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4597  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4598  *
4599  * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4600  *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4601  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4602  *
4603  * @probe_resp_offload:
4604  *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4605  *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4606  *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4607  *
4608  * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4609  *	may request, if implemented.
4610  *
4611  * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4612  * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4613  *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4614  *	to the suspend() operation instead.
4615  *
4616  * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4617  * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4618  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4619  * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4620  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4621  *
4622  * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4623  *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4624  *
4625  * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4626  *	supports for ACL.
4627  *
4628  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4629  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4630  *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4631  *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4632  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4633  *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4634  *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4635  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4636  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4637  * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4638  * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4639  *	capabilities are specified separately.
4640  * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4641  *
4642  * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4643  * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4644  * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4645  * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4646  *
4647  * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4648  *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4649  *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4650  *	some cases, but may not always reach.
4651  *
4652  * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4653  *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
4654  *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4655  *	infinite.
4656  * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4657  *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4658  *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4659  *
4660  * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4661  *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
4662  *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4663  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4664  *
4665  * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4666  * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4667  * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4668  *
4669  * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4670  * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4671  *	HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4672  *	@support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4673  *
4674  * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4675  *
4676  * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
4677  *	device has
4678  * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4679  *	supported by the driver for each vif
4680  * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4681  *	supported by the driver for each peer
4682  * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
4683  *	long/short retry configuration
4684  */
4685 struct wiphy {
4686 	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4687 
4688 	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4689 	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4690 
4691 	struct mac_address *addresses;
4692 
4693 	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4694 
4695 	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4696 	int n_iface_combinations;
4697 	u16 software_iftypes;
4698 
4699 	u16 n_addresses;
4700 
4701 	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4702 	u16 interface_modes;
4703 
4704 	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4705 
4706 	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4707 	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4708 
4709 	u32 ap_sme_capa;
4710 
4711 	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4712 
4713 	int bss_priv_size;
4714 	u8 max_scan_ssids;
4715 	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4716 	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4717 	u8 max_match_sets;
4718 	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4719 	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4720 	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4721 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4722 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4723 
4724 	int n_cipher_suites;
4725 	const u32 *cipher_suites;
4726 
4727 	int n_akm_suites;
4728 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4729 
4730 	const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
4731 	unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
4732 
4733 	u8 retry_short;
4734 	u8 retry_long;
4735 	u32 frag_threshold;
4736 	u32 rts_threshold;
4737 	u8 coverage_class;
4738 
4739 	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4740 	u32 hw_version;
4741 
4742 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
4743 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4744 	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4745 #endif
4746 
4747 	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4748 
4749 	u8 max_num_pmkids;
4750 
4751 	u32 available_antennas_tx;
4752 	u32 available_antennas_rx;
4753 
4754 	u32 probe_resp_offload;
4755 
4756 	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4757 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4758 
4759 	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4760 	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4761 
4762 	const void *privid;
4763 
4764 	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4765 
4766 	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4767 			     struct regulatory_request *request);
4768 
4769 	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4770 
4771 	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4772 
4773 	struct device dev;
4774 
4775 	bool registered;
4776 
4777 	struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4778 
4779 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4780 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4781 
4782 	struct list_head wdev_list;
4783 
4784 	possible_net_t _net;
4785 
4786 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4787 	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4788 #endif
4789 
4790 	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4791 
4792 	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4793 	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4794 	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4795 
4796 	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4797 
4798 	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4799 
4800 	u32 bss_select_support;
4801 
4802 	u8 nan_supported_bands;
4803 
4804 	u32 txq_limit;
4805 	u32 txq_memory_limit;
4806 	u32 txq_quantum;
4807 
4808 	unsigned long tx_queue_len;
4809 
4810 	u8 support_mbssid:1,
4811 	   support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4812 
4813 	const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4814 
4815 	struct {
4816 		u64 peer, vif;
4817 		u8 max_retry;
4818 	} tid_config_support;
4819 
4820 	u8 max_data_retry_count;
4821 
4822 	char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4823 };
4824 
4825 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4826 {
4827 	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4828 }
4829 
4830 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4831 {
4832 	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4833 }
4834 
4835 /**
4836  * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4837  *
4838  * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4839  * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4840  */
4841 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4842 {
4843 	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4844 	return &wiphy->priv;
4845 }
4846 
4847 /**
4848  * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4849  *
4850  * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4851  * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4852  */
4853 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4854 {
4855 	BUG_ON(!priv);
4856 	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4857 }
4858 
4859 /**
4860  * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4861  *
4862  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4863  * @dev: The device to parent it to
4864  */
4865 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4866 {
4867 	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4868 }
4869 
4870 /**
4871  * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4872  *
4873  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4874  * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4875  */
4876 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4877 {
4878 	return wiphy->dev.parent;
4879 }
4880 
4881 /**
4882  * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4883  *
4884  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4885  * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4886  */
4887 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4888 {
4889 	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4890 }
4891 
4892 /**
4893  * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4894  *
4895  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4896  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4897  * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4898  *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4899  *
4900  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4901  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4902  *
4903  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4904  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4905  */
4906 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4907 			   const char *requested_name);
4908 
4909 /**
4910  * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4911  *
4912  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4913  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4914  *
4915  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4916  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4917  *
4918  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4919  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4920  */
4921 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4922 				      int sizeof_priv)
4923 {
4924 	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4925 }
4926 
4927 /**
4928  * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4929  *
4930  * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4931  *
4932  * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4933  */
4934 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4935 
4936 /**
4937  * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4938  *
4939  * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4940  *
4941  * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4942  * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4943  * request that is being handled.
4944  */
4945 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4946 
4947 /**
4948  * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4949  *
4950  * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4951  */
4952 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4953 
4954 /* internal structs */
4955 struct cfg80211_conn;
4956 struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4957 struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4958 struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4959 
4960 /**
4961  * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4962  *
4963  * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4964  * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4965  * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4966  * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4967  * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4968  *
4969  * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4970  * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4971  * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4972  * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4973  *
4974  * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4975  * @iftype: interface type
4976  * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4977  * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4978  * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4979  *	wireless device if it has no netdev
4980  * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4981  * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4982  *	the user-set channel definition.
4983  * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4984  *	track the channel to be used for AP later
4985  * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4986  * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4987  * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4988  * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4989  * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4990  * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4991  * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
4992  * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
4993  * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
4994  * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
4995  * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
4996  * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
4997  * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
4998  * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
4999  * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
5000  * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
5001  * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
5002  * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
5003  *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
5004  *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
5005  *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
5006  * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
5007  * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
5008  * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
5009  *	and some API functions require it held
5010  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
5011  *	beacons, 0 when not valid
5012  * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
5013  * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
5014  *	the P2P Device.
5015  * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
5016  * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
5017  * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
5018  * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
5019  * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
5020  * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
5021  *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
5022  * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
5023  * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
5024  * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
5025  * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
5026  * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
5027  * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
5028  * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
5029  * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
5030  * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
5031  * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
5032  * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
5033  * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
5034  * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
5035  * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
5036  * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
5037  * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
5038  */
5039 struct wireless_dev {
5040 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
5041 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
5042 
5043 	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
5044 	struct list_head list;
5045 	struct net_device *netdev;
5046 
5047 	u32 identifier;
5048 
5049 	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
5050 	spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
5051 
5052 	struct mutex mtx;
5053 
5054 	bool use_4addr, is_running;
5055 
5056 	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
5057 
5058 	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
5059 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5060 	u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
5061 	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
5062 	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
5063 	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
5064 	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
5065 
5066 	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
5067 	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5068 
5069 	struct list_head event_list;
5070 	spinlock_t event_lock;
5071 
5072 	struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
5073 	struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
5074 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5075 
5076 	bool ibss_fixed;
5077 	bool ibss_dfs_possible;
5078 
5079 	bool ps;
5080 	int ps_timeout;
5081 
5082 	int beacon_interval;
5083 
5084 	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
5085 
5086 	u32 owner_nlportid;
5087 	bool nl_owner_dead;
5088 
5089 	bool cac_started;
5090 	unsigned long cac_start_time;
5091 	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
5092 
5093 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5094 	/* wext data */
5095 	struct {
5096 		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
5097 		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
5098 		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
5099 		const u8 *ie;
5100 		size_t ie_len;
5101 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5102 		u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5103 		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5104 		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
5105 		bool prev_bssid_valid;
5106 	} wext;
5107 #endif
5108 
5109 	struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
5110 
5111 	struct list_head pmsr_list;
5112 	spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
5113 	struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
5114 };
5115 
5116 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5117 {
5118 	if (wdev->netdev)
5119 		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
5120 	return wdev->address;
5121 }
5122 
5123 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5124 {
5125 	if (wdev->netdev)
5126 		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
5127 	return wdev->is_running;
5128 }
5129 
5130 /**
5131  * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
5132  *
5133  * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
5134  * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
5135  */
5136 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5137 {
5138 	BUG_ON(!wdev);
5139 	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
5140 }
5141 
5142 /**
5143  * DOC: Utility functions
5144  *
5145  * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5146  */
5147 
5148 /**
5149  * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5150  * @chan: channel number
5151  * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5152  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5153  */
5154 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5155 
5156 /**
5157  * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5158  * @freq: center frequency
5159  * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5160  */
5161 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
5162 
5163 /**
5164  * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5165  *
5166  * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5167  * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
5168  *
5169  * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5170  */
5171 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
5172 
5173 /**
5174  * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5175  *
5176  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5177  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5178  * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5179  *
5180  * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5181  * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5182  * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5183  * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5184  */
5185 struct ieee80211_rate *
5186 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5187 			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5188 
5189 /**
5190  * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5191  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5192  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5193  *
5194  * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5195  * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5196  */
5197 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5198 			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5199 
5200 /*
5201  * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5202  *
5203  * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5204  * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
5205  */
5206 
5207 struct radiotap_align_size {
5208 	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5209 };
5210 
5211 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5212 	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5213 	int n_bits;
5214 	uint32_t oui;
5215 	uint8_t subns;
5216 };
5217 
5218 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5219 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5220 	int n_ns;
5221 };
5222 
5223 /**
5224  * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5225  * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5226  *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5227  * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5228  *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5229  *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5230  *	the beginning of the actual data portion
5231  * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5232  * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5233  *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5234  * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5235  *	radiotap namespace or not
5236  *
5237  * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5238  * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5239  * @_arg_index: next argument index
5240  * @_arg: next argument pointer
5241  * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5242  * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5243  * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5244  * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5245  * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5246  *	next bitmap word
5247  *
5248  * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5249  * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5250  */
5251 
5252 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5253 	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5254 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5255 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5256 
5257 	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5258 	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
5259 
5260 	unsigned char *this_arg;
5261 	int this_arg_index;
5262 	int this_arg_size;
5263 
5264 	int is_radiotap_ns;
5265 
5266 	int _max_length;
5267 	int _arg_index;
5268 	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5269 	int _reset_on_ext;
5270 };
5271 
5272 int
5273 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5274 				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5275 				 int max_length,
5276 				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5277 
5278 int
5279 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5280 
5281 
5282 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5283 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5284 
5285 /**
5286  * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5287  *
5288  * @skb: the frame
5289  *
5290  * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5291  * returns the 802.11 header length.
5292  *
5293  * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5294  * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5295  * 802.11 header.
5296  */
5297 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5298 
5299 /**
5300  * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5301  * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5302  * Return: The header length in bytes.
5303  */
5304 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5305 
5306 /**
5307  * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5308  * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5309  *	(first byte) will be accessed
5310  * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5311  * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5312  */
5313 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5314 
5315 /**
5316  * DOC: Data path helpers
5317  *
5318  * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5319  * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5320  * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5321  */
5322 
5323 /**
5324  * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5325  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5326  * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5327  *	of it being pushed into the SKB
5328  * @addr: the device MAC address
5329  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5330  * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5331  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5332  */
5333 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5334 				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5335 				  u8 data_offset);
5336 
5337 /**
5338  * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5339  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5340  * @addr: the device MAC address
5341  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5342  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5343  */
5344 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5345 					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5346 {
5347 	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5348 }
5349 
5350 /**
5351  * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5352  *
5353  * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5354  * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5355  * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5356  *
5357  * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5358  * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5359  *	initialized by by the caller.
5360  * @addr: The device MAC address.
5361  * @iftype: The device interface type.
5362  * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5363  * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5364  * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5365  */
5366 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5367 			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5368 			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5369 			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5370 
5371 /**
5372  * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5373  * @skb: the data frame
5374  * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5375  * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5376  */
5377 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5378 				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5379 
5380 /**
5381  * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5382  *
5383  * @eid: element ID
5384  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5385  * @len: length of data
5386  * @match: byte array to match
5387  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5388  * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5389  *	Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5390  *	the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5391  *	the data portion instead.
5392  *
5393  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5394  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5395  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5396  * requested element struct.
5397  *
5398  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5399  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5400  * byte array to match.
5401  */
5402 const struct element *
5403 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5404 			 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5405 			 unsigned int match_offset);
5406 
5407 /**
5408  * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5409  *
5410  * @eid: element ID
5411  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5412  * @len: length of data
5413  * @match: byte array to match
5414  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5415  * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5416  *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5417  *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5418  *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5419  *	the second byte is the IE length.
5420  *
5421  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5422  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5423  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5424  * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5425  * element ID.
5426  *
5427  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5428  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5429  * byte array to match.
5430  */
5431 static inline const u8 *
5432 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5433 		       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5434 		       unsigned int match_offset)
5435 {
5436 	/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5437 	 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5438 	 */
5439 	if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5440 		    (!match_len && match_offset)))
5441 		return NULL;
5442 
5443 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5444 						match, match_len,
5445 						match_offset ?
5446 							match_offset - 2 : 0);
5447 }
5448 
5449 /**
5450  * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5451  *
5452  * @eid: element ID
5453  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5454  * @len: length of data
5455  *
5456  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5457  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5458  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5459  * requested element struct.
5460  *
5461  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5462  * having to fit into the given data.
5463  */
5464 static inline const struct element *
5465 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5466 {
5467 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5468 }
5469 
5470 /**
5471  * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5472  *
5473  * @eid: element ID
5474  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5475  * @len: length of data
5476  *
5477  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5478  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5479  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5480  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5481  *
5482  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5483  * having to fit into the given data.
5484  */
5485 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5486 {
5487 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5488 }
5489 
5490 /**
5491  * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5492  *
5493  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5494  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5495  * @len: length of data
5496  *
5497  * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5498  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5499  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5500  * requested element struct.
5501  *
5502  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5503  * having to fit into the given data.
5504  */
5505 static inline const struct element *
5506 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5507 {
5508 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5509 					&ext_eid, 1, 0);
5510 }
5511 
5512 /**
5513  * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5514  *
5515  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5516  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5517  * @len: length of data
5518  *
5519  * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5520  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5521  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5522  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5523  *
5524  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5525  * having to fit into the given data.
5526  */
5527 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5528 {
5529 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5530 				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5531 }
5532 
5533 /**
5534  * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5535  *
5536  * @oui: vendor OUI
5537  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5538  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5539  * @len: length of data
5540  *
5541  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5542  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5543  * return the element structure for the requested element.
5544  *
5545  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5546  * the given data.
5547  */
5548 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5549 						const u8 *ies,
5550 						unsigned int len);
5551 
5552 /**
5553  * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5554  *
5555  * @oui: vendor OUI
5556  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5557  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5558  * @len: length of data
5559  *
5560  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5561  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5562  * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5563  * element ID.
5564  *
5565  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5566  * the given data.
5567  */
5568 static inline const u8 *
5569 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5570 			const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5571 {
5572 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5573 }
5574 
5575 /**
5576  * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5577  *
5578  * @dev: network device
5579  * @addr: STA MAC address
5580  *
5581  * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5582  * devices upon STA association.
5583  */
5584 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5585 
5586 /**
5587  * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5588  *
5589  * TODO
5590  */
5591 
5592 /**
5593  * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5594  * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5595  *	conflicts)
5596  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5597  *	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5598  *	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5599  *	alpha2.
5600  *
5601  * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5602  * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5603  * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5604  * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5605  * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5606  * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5607  *
5608  * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5609  * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5610  * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5611  *
5612  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5613  * an -ENOMEM.
5614  *
5615  * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5616  */
5617 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5618 
5619 /**
5620  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5621  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5622  * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5623  *
5624  * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5625  * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5626  * information.
5627  *
5628  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5629  */
5630 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5631 			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5632 
5633 /**
5634  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5635  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5636  * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5637  *
5638  * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5639  * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5640  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5641  *
5642  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5643  */
5644 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5645 					struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5646 
5647 /**
5648  * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5649  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5650  * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5651  *
5652  * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5653  * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5654  * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5655  * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5656  * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5657  * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5658  * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5659  * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5660  * that called this helper.
5661  */
5662 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5663 				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5664 
5665 /**
5666  * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5667  * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5668  * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5669  *
5670  * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5671  * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5672  * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5673  * and processed already.
5674  *
5675  * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5676  * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5677  * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5678  * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5679  * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5680  * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5681  * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5682  */
5683 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5684 					       u32 center_freq);
5685 
5686 /**
5687  * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5688  * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5689  *
5690  * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5691  * proper string representation.
5692  */
5693 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5694 
5695 /**
5696  * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
5697  * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
5698  *
5699  * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
5700  */
5701 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5702 
5703 /**
5704  * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5705  *
5706  */
5707 
5708 /**
5709  * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5710  * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5711  *
5712  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5713  * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5714  * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5715  *
5716  * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
5717  * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5718  * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5719  *
5720  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5721  * an -ENODATA.
5722  *
5723  * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5724  */
5725 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5726 			struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5727 
5728 /*
5729  * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5730  * functions and BSS handling helpers
5731  */
5732 
5733 /**
5734  * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5735  *
5736  * @request: the corresponding scan request
5737  * @info: information about the completed scan
5738  */
5739 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5740 			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5741 
5742 /**
5743  * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5744  *
5745  * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5746  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5747  */
5748 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5749 
5750 /**
5751  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5752  *
5753  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5754  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5755  *
5756  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5757  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5758  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5759  */
5760 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5761 
5762 /**
5763  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5764  *
5765  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5766  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5767  *
5768  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5769  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5770  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5771  * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5772  */
5773 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5774 
5775 /**
5776  * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5777  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5778  * @data: the BSS metadata
5779  * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5780  * @len: length of the management frame
5781  * @gfp: context flags
5782  *
5783  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5784  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5785  *
5786  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5787  * Or %NULL on error.
5788  */
5789 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5790 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5791 			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5792 			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5793 			       gfp_t gfp);
5794 
5795 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5796 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5797 				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5798 				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5799 				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5800 				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5801 {
5802 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5803 		.chan = rx_channel,
5804 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5805 		.signal = signal,
5806 	};
5807 
5808 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5809 }
5810 
5811 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5812 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5813 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5814 			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5815 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5816 {
5817 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5818 		.chan = rx_channel,
5819 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5820 		.signal = signal,
5821 	};
5822 
5823 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5824 }
5825 
5826 /**
5827  * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5828  * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5829  * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5830  * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5831  * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5832  */
5833 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5834 					  u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5835 {
5836 	u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5837 	u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5838 	u64 new_bssid_u64;
5839 
5840 	new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5841 
5842 	new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5843 
5844 	u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5845 }
5846 
5847 /**
5848  * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
5849  * @element: element to check
5850  * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
5851  */
5852 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
5853 				   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
5854 
5855 /**
5856  * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
5857  * @ie: ies
5858  * @ielen: length of IEs
5859  * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
5860  * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
5861  * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
5862  * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
5863  */
5864 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5865 			      const struct element *mbssid_elem,
5866 			      const struct element *sub_elem,
5867 			      u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
5868 
5869 /**
5870  * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5871  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5872  *	from a beacon or probe response
5873  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5874  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5875  */
5876 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5877 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5878 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5879 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5880 };
5881 
5882 /**
5883  * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5884  *
5885  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5886  * @data: the BSS metadata
5887  * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5888  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5889  * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5890  * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5891  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5892  * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5893  * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5894  * @gfp: context flags
5895  *
5896  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5897  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5898  *
5899  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5900  * Or %NULL on error.
5901  */
5902 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5903 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5904 			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5905 			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5906 			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5907 			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5908 			 gfp_t gfp);
5909 
5910 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5911 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5912 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5913 			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5914 			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5915 			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5916 			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5917 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5918 {
5919 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5920 		.chan = rx_channel,
5921 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5922 		.signal = signal,
5923 	};
5924 
5925 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5926 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5927 					gfp);
5928 }
5929 
5930 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5931 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5932 		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5933 		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5934 		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5935 		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5936 		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5937 {
5938 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5939 		.chan = rx_channel,
5940 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5941 		.signal = signal,
5942 	};
5943 
5944 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5945 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5946 					gfp);
5947 }
5948 
5949 /**
5950  * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
5951  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5952  * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
5953  * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
5954  * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
5955  * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
5956  * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
5957  * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
5958  */
5959 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5960 				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5961 				      const u8 *bssid,
5962 				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5963 				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5964 				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5965 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
5966 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5967 		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5968 		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
5969 {
5970 	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5971 				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
5972 				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5973 }
5974 
5975 /**
5976  * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5977  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5978  * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
5979  *
5980  * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5981  */
5982 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5983 
5984 /**
5985  * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5986  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5987  * @bss: the BSS struct
5988  *
5989  * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5990  */
5991 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5992 
5993 /**
5994  * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
5995  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5996  * @bss: the bss to remove
5997  *
5998  * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
5999  * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
6000  * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
6001  * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
6002  */
6003 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6004 
6005 /**
6006  * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
6007  *
6008  * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
6009  * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
6010  * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
6011  *
6012  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6013  * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
6014  *     of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
6015  * @iter: the iterator function to call
6016  * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
6017  */
6018 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6019 		       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6020 		       void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6021 				    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6022 				    void *data),
6023 		       void *iter_data);
6024 
6025 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
6026 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
6027 {
6028 	switch (chandef->width) {
6029 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
6030 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
6031 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
6032 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
6033 	default:
6034 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
6035 	}
6036 }
6037 
6038 /**
6039  * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
6040  * @dev: network device
6041  * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
6042  * @len: length of the frame data
6043  *
6044  * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
6045  * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
6046  * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
6047  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6048  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6049  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6050  * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
6051  * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
6052  * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
6053  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
6054  *
6055  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6056  */
6057 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6058 
6059 /**
6060  * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
6061  * @dev: network device
6062  * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
6063  *
6064  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
6065  * mutex.
6066  */
6067 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
6068 
6069 /**
6070  * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
6071  * @dev: network device
6072  * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
6073  *	moves to cfg80211 in this call
6074  * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
6075  * @len: length of the frame data
6076  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
6077  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
6078  * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
6079  * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
6080  *
6081  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6082  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6083  *
6084  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6085  */
6086 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
6087 			    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6088 			    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
6089 			    int uapsd_queues,
6090 			    const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
6091 
6092 /**
6093  * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
6094  * @dev: network device
6095  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
6096  *
6097  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6098  */
6099 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6100 
6101 /**
6102  * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
6103  * @dev: network device
6104  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
6105  *
6106  * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
6107  * an association attempt was abandoned.
6108  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6109  */
6110 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6111 
6112 /**
6113  * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
6114  * @dev: network device
6115  * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
6116  * @len: length of the frame data
6117  *
6118  * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
6119  * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
6120  * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
6121  * corresponding wdev's mutex.
6122  */
6123 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6124 
6125 /**
6126  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
6127  * @dev: network device
6128  * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
6129  * @len: length of the frame data
6130  *
6131  * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
6132  * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
6133  * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
6134  */
6135 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
6136 				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6137 
6138 /**
6139  * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6140  * @dev: network device
6141  * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6142  * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6143  * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6144  * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6145  * @gfp: allocation flags
6146  *
6147  * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6148  * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6149  * primitive.
6150  */
6151 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6152 				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6153 				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6154 
6155 /**
6156  * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6157  *
6158  * @dev: network device
6159  * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6160  * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6161  * @gfp: allocation flags
6162  *
6163  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6164  * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6165  * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6166  * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6167  * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6168  * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6169  */
6170 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6171 			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6172 
6173 /**
6174  * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
6175  *
6176  * @dev: network device
6177  * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6178  * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6179  * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6180  * @gfp: allocation flags
6181  *
6182  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6183  * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6184  * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6185  */
6186 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6187 		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6188 		int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6189 
6190 /**
6191  * DOC: RFkill integration
6192  *
6193  * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6194  * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6195  * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6196  * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6197  * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6198  *
6199  * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6200  * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6201  * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6202  */
6203 
6204 /**
6205  * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6206  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6207  * @blocked: block status
6208  */
6209 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
6210 
6211 /**
6212  * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6213  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6214  */
6215 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6216 
6217 /**
6218  * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6219  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6220  */
6221 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6222 
6223 /**
6224  * DOC: Vendor commands
6225  *
6226  * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6227  * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6228  * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6229  * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6230  * the configuration mechanism.
6231  *
6232  * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6233  * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6234  * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6235  *
6236  * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6237  * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6238  * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6239  * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6240  * managers etc. need.
6241  */
6242 
6243 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6244 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6245 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6246 					   int approxlen);
6247 
6248 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6249 					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6250 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6251 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6252 					   unsigned int portid,
6253 					   int vendor_event_idx,
6254 					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6255 
6256 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6257 
6258 /**
6259  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6260  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6261  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6262  *	be put into the skb
6263  *
6264  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6265  * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6266  * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6267  *
6268  * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6269  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6270  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6271  * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6272  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6273  * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6274  * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6275  *
6276  * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6277  * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6278  *
6279  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6280  */
6281 static inline struct sk_buff *
6282 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6283 {
6284 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6285 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6286 }
6287 
6288 /**
6289  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6290  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6291  *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6292  *
6293  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6294  * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6295  * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
6296  * skb regardless of the return value.
6297  *
6298  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6299  */
6300 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6301 
6302 /**
6303  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6304  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6305  *
6306  * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6307  * Valid to call only there.
6308  */
6309 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6310 
6311 /**
6312  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6313  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6314  * @wdev: the wireless device
6315  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6316  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6317  *	be put into the skb
6318  * @gfp: allocation flags
6319  *
6320  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6321  * vendor-specific multicast group.
6322  *
6323  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6324  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6325  * attribute.
6326  *
6327  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6328  * skb to send the event.
6329  *
6330  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6331  */
6332 static inline struct sk_buff *
6333 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6334 			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6335 {
6336 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6337 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6338 					  0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6339 }
6340 
6341 /**
6342  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6343  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6344  * @wdev: the wireless device
6345  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6346  * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6347  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6348  *	be put into the skb
6349  * @gfp: allocation flags
6350  *
6351  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6352  * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6353  * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6354  * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6355  *
6356  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6357  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6358  * attribute.
6359  *
6360  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6361  * skb to send the event.
6362  *
6363  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6364  */
6365 static inline struct sk_buff *
6366 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6367 				  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6368 				  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6369 				  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6370 {
6371 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6372 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6373 					  portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6374 }
6375 
6376 /**
6377  * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6378  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6379  * @gfp: allocation flags
6380  *
6381  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6382  * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6383  */
6384 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6385 {
6386 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6387 }
6388 
6389 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6390 /**
6391  * DOC: Test mode
6392  *
6393  * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6394  * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6395  * factory programming.
6396  *
6397  * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6398  * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6399  */
6400 
6401 /**
6402  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6403  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6404  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6405  *	be put into the skb
6406  *
6407  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6408  * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6409  * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6410  *
6411  * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6412  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6413  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6414  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6415  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6416  * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6417  * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6418  *
6419  * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6420  * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6421  *
6422  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6423  */
6424 static inline struct sk_buff *
6425 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6426 {
6427 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6428 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6429 }
6430 
6431 /**
6432  * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6433  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6434  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6435  *
6436  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6437  * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6438  * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
6439  * regardless of the return value.
6440  *
6441  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6442  */
6443 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6444 {
6445 	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6446 }
6447 
6448 /**
6449  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6450  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6451  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6452  *	be put into the skb
6453  * @gfp: allocation flags
6454  *
6455  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6456  * testmode multicast group.
6457  *
6458  * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6459  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6460  * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6461  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6462  * in any other way.
6463  *
6464  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6465  * skb to send the event.
6466  *
6467  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6468  */
6469 static inline struct sk_buff *
6470 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6471 {
6472 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6473 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6474 					  approxlen, gfp);
6475 }
6476 
6477 /**
6478  * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6479  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6480  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6481  * @gfp: allocation flags
6482  *
6483  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6484  * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6485  * consumes it.
6486  */
6487 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6488 {
6489 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6490 }
6491 
6492 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6493 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
6494 #else
6495 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6496 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6497 #endif
6498 
6499 /**
6500  * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6501  * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6502  * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6503  * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6504  *	@erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6505  * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6506  *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6507  *	status for a FILS connection.
6508  * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6509  * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6510  * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6511  *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6512  */
6513 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6514 	const u8 *kek;
6515 	size_t kek_len;
6516 	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6517 	u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6518 	const u8 *pmk;
6519 	size_t pmk_len;
6520 	const u8 *pmkid;
6521 };
6522 
6523 /**
6524  * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6525  * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6526  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6527  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6528  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6529  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6530  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6531  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6532  *	case.
6533  * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6534  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6535  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6536  *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6537  *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6538  *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6539  *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6540  * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6541  * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6542  * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6543  * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6544  * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6545  * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6546  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6547  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6548  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6549  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6550  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6551  */
6552 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6553 	int status;
6554 	const u8 *bssid;
6555 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6556 	const u8 *req_ie;
6557 	size_t req_ie_len;
6558 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6559 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6560 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6561 	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6562 };
6563 
6564 /**
6565  * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6566  *
6567  * @dev: network device
6568  * @params: connection response parameters
6569  * @gfp: allocation flags
6570  *
6571  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6572  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6573  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6574  * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6575  * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6576  * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6577  */
6578 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6579 			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6580 			   gfp_t gfp);
6581 
6582 /**
6583  * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6584  *
6585  * @dev: network device
6586  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6587  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6588  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6589  *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6590  *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6591  *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6592  *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6593  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6594  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6595  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6596  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6597  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6598  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6599  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6600  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6601  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6602  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6603  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6604  *	case.
6605  * @gfp: allocation flags
6606  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6607  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6608  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6609  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6610  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6611  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6612  *
6613  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6614  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6615  * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6616  * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6617  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6618  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6619  */
6620 static inline void
6621 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6622 		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6623 		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6624 		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6625 		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6626 {
6627 	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6628 
6629 	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
6630 	params.status = status;
6631 	params.bssid = bssid;
6632 	params.bss = bss;
6633 	params.req_ie = req_ie;
6634 	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6635 	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6636 	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6637 	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6638 
6639 	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
6640 }
6641 
6642 /**
6643  * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6644  *
6645  * @dev: network device
6646  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6647  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6648  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6649  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6650  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6651  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6652  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6653  *	the real status code for failures.
6654  * @gfp: allocation flags
6655  *
6656  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6657  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6658  * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6659  * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6660  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6661  */
6662 static inline void
6663 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6664 			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6665 			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6666 			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6667 {
6668 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6669 			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6670 			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6671 }
6672 
6673 /**
6674  * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6675  *
6676  * @dev: network device
6677  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6678  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6679  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6680  * @gfp: allocation flags
6681  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6682  *
6683  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6684  * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6685  * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6686  * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6687  * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6688  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6689  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6690  */
6691 static inline void
6692 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6693 			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6694 			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6695 {
6696 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6697 			     gfp, timeout_reason);
6698 }
6699 
6700 /**
6701  * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6702  *
6703  * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6704  * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6705  * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6706  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6707  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6708  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6709  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6710  * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6711  */
6712 struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6713 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6714 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6715 	const u8 *bssid;
6716 	const u8 *req_ie;
6717 	size_t req_ie_len;
6718 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6719 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6720 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6721 };
6722 
6723 /**
6724  * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6725  *
6726  * @dev: network device
6727  * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6728  * @gfp: allocation flags
6729  *
6730  * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6731  * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6732  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6733  * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6734  * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6735  * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6736  * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6737  * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6738  * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6739  * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
6740  */
6741 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6742 		     gfp_t gfp);
6743 
6744 /**
6745  * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6746  *
6747  * @dev: network device
6748  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6749  * @gfp: allocation flags
6750  *
6751  * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6752  * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6753  * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6754  * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6755  * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6756  * indicate the 802.11 association.
6757  */
6758 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6759 			      gfp_t gfp);
6760 
6761 /**
6762  * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6763  *
6764  * @dev: network device
6765  * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6766  * @ie_len: length of IEs
6767  * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6768  * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6769  * @gfp: allocation flags
6770  *
6771  * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6772  * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6773  */
6774 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6775 			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6776 			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6777 
6778 /**
6779  * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6780  * @wdev: wireless device
6781  * @cookie: the request cookie
6782  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6783  * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6784  *	channel
6785  * @gfp: allocation flags
6786  */
6787 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6788 			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6789 			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6790 
6791 /**
6792  * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6793  * @wdev: wireless device
6794  * @cookie: the request cookie
6795  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6796  * @gfp: allocation flags
6797  */
6798 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6799 					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6800 					gfp_t gfp);
6801 
6802 /**
6803  * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
6804  * @wdev: wireless device
6805  * @cookie: the requested cookie
6806  * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
6807  * @gfp: allocation flags
6808  */
6809 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6810 			      struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
6811 
6812 /**
6813  * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6814  *
6815  * @sinfo: the station information
6816  * @gfp: allocation flags
6817  */
6818 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6819 
6820 /**
6821  * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6822  * @sinfo: the station information
6823  *
6824  * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6825  * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6826  * the stack.)
6827  */
6828 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6829 {
6830 	kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6831 }
6832 
6833 /**
6834  * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6835  *
6836  * @dev: the netdev
6837  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6838  * @sinfo: the station information
6839  * @gfp: allocation flags
6840  */
6841 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6842 		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6843 
6844 /**
6845  * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6846  * @dev: the netdev
6847  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6848  * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6849  * @gfp: allocation flags
6850  */
6851 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6852 			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6853 
6854 /**
6855  * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6856  *
6857  * @dev: the netdev
6858  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6859  * @gfp: allocation flags
6860  */
6861 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6862 				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6863 {
6864 	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6865 }
6866 
6867 /**
6868  * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6869  *
6870  * @dev: the netdev
6871  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6872  * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6873  * @gfp: allocation flags
6874  *
6875  * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6876  * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6877  * for some reasons, this function is called.
6878  *
6879  * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6880  * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6881  */
6882 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6883 			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6884 			  gfp_t gfp);
6885 
6886 /**
6887  * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6888  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6889  * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6890  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6891  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6892  * @len: length of the frame data
6893  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6894  *
6895  * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6896  * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6897  *
6898  * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6899  * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6900  * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6901  * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6902  */
6903 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6904 		      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6905 
6906 /**
6907  * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6908  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6909  * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6910  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6911  * @len: length of the frame data
6912  * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6913  * @gfp: context flags
6914  *
6915  * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
6916  * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6917  * transmission attempt.
6918  */
6919 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6920 			     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6921 
6922 
6923 /**
6924  * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
6925  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6926  * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
6927  *	is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
6928  *	This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
6929  *	responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
6930  *	skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6931  * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
6932  *
6933  * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
6934  * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
6935  * control port frames over nl80211.
6936  *
6937  * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
6938  * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
6939  *
6940  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
6941  */
6942 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6943 			      struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6944 
6945 /**
6946  * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
6947  * @dev: network device
6948  * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6949  * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6950  * @gfp: context flags
6951  *
6952  * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
6953  * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
6954  */
6955 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6956 			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6957 			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6958 
6959 /**
6960  * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
6961  * @dev: network device
6962  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6963  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
6964  *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
6965  *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
6966  * @gfp: context flags
6967  */
6968 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6969 				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
6970 
6971 /**
6972  * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
6973  * @dev: network device
6974  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6975  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
6976  * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
6977  * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
6978  * @gfp: context flags
6979  *
6980  * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
6981  * given interval is exceeded.
6982  */
6983 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6984 			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
6985 
6986 /**
6987  * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
6988  * @dev: network device
6989  * @gfp: context flags
6990  *
6991  * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
6992  */
6993 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
6994 
6995 /**
6996  * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
6997  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6998  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6999  * @gfp: context flags
7000  *
7001  * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
7002  */
7003 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7004 			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
7005 
7006 /**
7007  * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
7008  * @dev: network device
7009  * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
7010  * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
7011  * @gfp: context flags
7012  *
7013  * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
7014  * frame.
7015  */
7016 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
7017 				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
7018 				       gfp_t gfp);
7019 
7020 /**
7021  * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
7022  * @netdev: network device
7023  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7024  * @event: type of event
7025  * @gfp: context flags
7026  *
7027  * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
7028  * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
7029  * also by full-MAC drivers.
7030  */
7031 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7032 			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7033 			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
7034 
7035 
7036 /**
7037  * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
7038  * @dev: network device
7039  * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
7040  * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
7041  * @gfp: allocation flags
7042  */
7043 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7044 			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
7045 
7046 /**
7047  * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
7048  * @dev: network device
7049  * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
7050  * @bssid: BSSID of AP
7051  * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
7052  * @gfp: allocation flags
7053  */
7054 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
7055 				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
7056 
7057 /**
7058  * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
7059  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7060  * @addr: the transmitter address
7061  * @gfp: context flags
7062  *
7063  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7064  * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
7065  * sender.
7066  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7067  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7068  */
7069 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7070 				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7071 
7072 /**
7073  * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
7074  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7075  * @addr: the transmitter address
7076  * @gfp: context flags
7077  *
7078  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7079  * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
7080  * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
7081  * station to avoid event flooding.
7082  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7083  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7084  */
7085 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7086 					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7087 
7088 /**
7089  * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
7090  * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
7091  * @addr: the address of the peer
7092  * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
7093  * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
7094  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
7095  * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
7096  * @gfp: allocation flags
7097  */
7098 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
7099 			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
7100 			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
7101 
7102 /**
7103  * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
7104  * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7105  * @frame: the frame
7106  * @len: length of the frame
7107  * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
7108  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7109  *
7110  * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7111  * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7112  * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7113  */
7114 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7115 				 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
7116 				 int freq, int sig_dbm);
7117 
7118 /**
7119  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
7120  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7121  * @chandef: the channel definition
7122  * @iftype: interface type
7123  *
7124  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7125  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
7126  */
7127 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7128 			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7129 			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7130 
7131 /**
7132  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
7133  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7134  * @chandef: the channel definition
7135  * @iftype: interface type
7136  *
7137  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7138  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7139  * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7140  * more permissive conditions.
7141  *
7142  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7143  */
7144 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7145 				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7146 				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7147 
7148 /*
7149  * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7150  * @dev: the device which switched channels
7151  * @chandef: the new channel definition
7152  *
7153  * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7154  * driver context!
7155  */
7156 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7157 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7158 
7159 /*
7160  * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7161  * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7162  * @chandef: the future channel definition
7163  * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7164  *
7165  * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7166  * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7167  * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7168  */
7169 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7170 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7171 				       u8 count);
7172 
7173 /**
7174  * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7175  *
7176  * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7177  * @band: band pointer to fill
7178  *
7179  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7180  */
7181 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7182 				       enum nl80211_band *band);
7183 
7184 /**
7185  * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7186  *
7187  * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7188  * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7189  *
7190  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7191  */
7192 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7193 					  u8 *op_class);
7194 
7195 /*
7196  * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7197  * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7198  * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7199  * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7200  *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7201  * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7202  * @gfp: allocation flags
7203  *
7204  * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7205  * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7206  * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7207  * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7208  * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7209  */
7210 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7211 				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7212 				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7213 
7214 /*
7215  * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7216  * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7217  *
7218  * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7219  */
7220 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7221 
7222 /**
7223  * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7224  * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7225  *
7226  * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7227  * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7228  * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7229  * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7230  * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7231  * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7232  * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7233  *
7234  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7235  */
7236 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7237 
7238 /**
7239  * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
7240  * @ies: FT IEs
7241  * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7242  * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7243  * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7244  * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7245  */
7246 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7247 	const u8 *ies;
7248 	size_t ies_len;
7249 	const u8 *target_ap;
7250 	const u8 *ric_ies;
7251 	size_t ric_ies_len;
7252 };
7253 
7254 /**
7255  * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7256  * @netdev: network device
7257  * @ft_event: IE information
7258  */
7259 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7260 		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7261 
7262 /**
7263  * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7264  * @ies: the input IE buffer
7265  * @len: the input length
7266  * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7267  * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7268  *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7269  * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7270  *
7271  * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7272  * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7273  *
7274  * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7275  * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7276  * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7277  */
7278 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7279 			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7280 			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7281 
7282 /**
7283  * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7284  * @ies: the IE buffer
7285  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7286  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7287  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7288  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7289  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7290  * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7291  * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7292  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7293  *
7294  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7295  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7296  * split.
7297  *
7298  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7299  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7300  *
7301  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7302  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7303  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7304  *
7305  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7306  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7307  * of the buffer should be used.
7308  */
7309 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7310 			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7311 			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7312 			      size_t offset);
7313 
7314 /**
7315  * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7316  * @ies: the IE buffer
7317  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7318  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7319  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7320  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7321  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7322  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7323  *
7324  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7325  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7326  * split.
7327  *
7328  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7329  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7330  *
7331  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7332  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7333  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7334  *
7335  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7336  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7337  * of the buffer should be used.
7338  */
7339 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7340 					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7341 {
7342 	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7343 }
7344 
7345 /**
7346  * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7347  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7348  * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7349  * @gfp: allocation flags
7350  *
7351  * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7352  * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7353  * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7354  * else caused the wakeup.
7355  */
7356 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7357 				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7358 				   gfp_t gfp);
7359 
7360 /**
7361  * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7362  *
7363  * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7364  * @gfp: allocation flags
7365  *
7366  * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7367  * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7368  * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7369  */
7370 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7371 
7372 /**
7373  * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7374  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7375  *
7376  * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7377  */
7378 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7379 
7380 /**
7381  * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7382  *
7383  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7384  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7385  *
7386  * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7387  * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7388  * the interface combinations.
7389  */
7390 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7391 				struct iface_combination_params *params);
7392 
7393 /**
7394  * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7395  *
7396  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7397  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7398  * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7399  * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7400  *
7401  * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7402  * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7403  * purposes.
7404  */
7405 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7406 			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
7407 			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7408 					    void *data),
7409 			       void *data);
7410 
7411 /*
7412  * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7413  *
7414  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7415  * @wdev: wireless device
7416  * @gfp: context flags
7417  *
7418  * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7419  * disconnected.
7420  *
7421  * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7422  */
7423 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7424 			 gfp_t gfp);
7425 
7426 /**
7427  * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7428  * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7429  *
7430  * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7431  * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7432  * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7433  * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7434  *
7435  * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7436  * the driver while the function is running.
7437  */
7438 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7439 
7440 /**
7441  * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7442  *
7443  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7444  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7445  *
7446  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7447  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7448  */
7449 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7450 					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7451 {
7452 	u8 *ft_byte;
7453 
7454 	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7455 	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7456 }
7457 
7458 /**
7459  * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7460  *
7461  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7462  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7463  *
7464  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7465  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7466  */
7467 static inline bool
7468 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7469 			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7470 {
7471 	u8 ft_byte;
7472 
7473 	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7474 	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7475 }
7476 
7477 /**
7478  * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7479  * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7480  *
7481  * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7482  */
7483 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7484 
7485 /**
7486  * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7487  * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7488  *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7489  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7490  *	 result.
7491  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7492  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7493  * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7494  * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7495  * @info_len: the length of the &info
7496  * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7497  * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7498  */
7499 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7500 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7501 	u8 inst_id;
7502 	u8 peer_inst_id;
7503 	const u8 *addr;
7504 	u8 info_len;
7505 	const u8 *info;
7506 	u64 cookie;
7507 };
7508 
7509 /**
7510  * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7511  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7512  * @match: match notification parameters
7513  * @gfp: allocation flags
7514  *
7515  * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7516  * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7517  * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7518  */
7519 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7520 			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7521 
7522 /**
7523  * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7524  *
7525  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7526  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7527  * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7528  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7529  * @gfp: allocation flags
7530  *
7531  * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7532  */
7533 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7534 				  u8 inst_id,
7535 				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7536 				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7537 
7538 /* ethtool helper */
7539 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7540 
7541 /**
7542  * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7543  * @netdev: network device
7544  * @params: External authentication parameters
7545  * @gfp: allocation flags
7546  * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7547  */
7548 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7549 				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7550 				   gfp_t gfp);
7551 
7552 /**
7553  * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7554  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7555  * @req: the original measurement request
7556  * @result: the result data
7557  * @gfp: allocation flags
7558  */
7559 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7560 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7561 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7562 			  gfp_t gfp);
7563 
7564 /**
7565  * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7566  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7567  * @req: the original measurement request
7568  * @gfp: allocation flags
7569  *
7570  * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7571  * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7572  */
7573 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7574 			    struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7575 			    gfp_t gfp);
7576 
7577 /**
7578  * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
7579  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7580  * @iftype: interface type
7581  * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
7582  * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
7583  *
7584  * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
7585  * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
7586  * check_swif is '1'.
7587  */
7588 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
7589 			     bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
7590 
7591 
7592 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7593 
7594 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7595 
7596 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
7597 	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7598 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7599 	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7600 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7601 	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7602 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7603 	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7604 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7605 	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7606 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7607 	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7608 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7609 	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7610 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7611 	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7612 
7613 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7614 	dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7615 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7616 	dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7617 
7618 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7619 	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7620 
7621 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7622 	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7623 
7624 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7625 #define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
7626 #else
7627 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
7628 ({									\
7629 	if (0)								\
7630 		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
7631 	0;								\
7632 })
7633 #endif
7634 
7635 /*
7636  * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7637  * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7638  * file/line information and a backtrace.
7639  */
7640 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7641 	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7642 
7643 /**
7644  * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7645  * @netdev: network device
7646  * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7647  * @gfp: allocation flags
7648  */
7649 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7650 				    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7651 				    gfp_t gfp);
7652 
7653 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
7654